| 1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp |
| 3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes |
| 4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) |
| 5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios |
| 6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 |
| 7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ |
| 8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) |
| 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
| 10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 11 | |
| 12 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". |
| 13 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ |
| 16 | #pragma hdrstop |
| 17 | #endif |
| 18 | |
| 19 | #if wxUSE_GRID |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "wx/grid.h" |
| 22 | |
| 23 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
| 24 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
| 25 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" |
| 26 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
| 27 | #include "wx/log.h" |
| 28 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
| 29 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" |
| 30 | #include "wx/combobox.h" |
| 31 | #include "wx/valtext.h" |
| 32 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
| 33 | #include "wx/math.h" |
| 34 | #include "wx/listbox.h" |
| 35 | #endif |
| 36 | |
| 37 | #include "wx/textfile.h" |
| 38 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" |
| 39 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" |
| 40 | #include "wx/renderer.h" |
| 41 | |
| 42 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" |
| 43 | |
| 44 | const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid"); |
| 45 | |
| 46 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 47 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) |
| 48 | #else |
| 49 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier |
| 50 | #endif |
| 51 | |
| 52 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) |
| 53 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) |
| 54 | #else |
| 55 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier |
| 56 | #endif |
| 57 | |
| 58 | // Required for wxIs... functions |
| 59 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 60 | |
| 61 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 62 | // array classes |
| 63 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 64 | |
| 65 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, |
| 66 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); |
| 67 | |
| 68 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr |
| 69 | { |
| 70 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) |
| 71 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) |
| 72 | { |
| 73 | } |
| 74 | |
| 75 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() |
| 76 | { |
| 77 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 78 | } |
| 79 | |
| 80 | wxGridCellCoords coords; |
| 81 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; |
| 82 | |
| 83 | // Cannot do this: |
| 84 | // DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr) |
| 85 | // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. |
| 86 | }; |
| 87 | |
| 88 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, |
| 89 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); |
| 90 | |
| 91 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" |
| 92 | |
| 93 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) |
| 94 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) |
| 95 | |
| 96 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 97 | // events |
| 98 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 99 | |
| 100 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) |
| 101 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) |
| 102 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) |
| 103 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) |
| 104 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG) |
| 105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) |
| 106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) |
| 107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) |
| 108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) |
| 109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) |
| 110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) |
| 111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE) |
| 112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) |
| 113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) |
| 114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) |
| 115 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) |
| 116 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) |
| 117 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) |
| 118 | |
| 119 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 120 | // private classes |
| 121 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 122 | |
| 123 | // common base class for various grid subwindows |
| 124 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow |
| 125 | { |
| 126 | public: |
| 127 | wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; } |
| 128 | wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner, |
| 129 | wxWindowID id, |
| 130 | const wxPoint& pos, |
| 131 | const wxSize& size, |
| 132 | int additionalStyle = 0, |
| 133 | const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) |
| 134 | : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size, |
| 135 | wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle, |
| 136 | name) |
| 137 | { |
| 138 | m_owner = owner; |
| 139 | } |
| 140 | |
| 141 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } |
| 142 | |
| 143 | wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } |
| 144 | |
| 145 | protected: |
| 146 | void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); |
| 147 | |
| 148 | wxGrid *m_owner; |
| 149 | |
| 150 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 151 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow) |
| 152 | }; |
| 153 | |
| 154 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow |
| 155 | { |
| 156 | public: |
| 157 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { } |
| 158 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 159 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 160 | |
| 161 | private: |
| 162 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); |
| 163 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 164 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 165 | |
| 166 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) |
| 167 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 168 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) |
| 169 | }; |
| 170 | |
| 171 | |
| 172 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow |
| 173 | { |
| 174 | public: |
| 175 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { } |
| 176 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 177 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 178 | |
| 179 | private: |
| 180 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); |
| 181 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 182 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 183 | |
| 184 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) |
| 185 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 186 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) |
| 187 | }; |
| 188 | |
| 189 | |
| 190 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow |
| 191 | { |
| 192 | public: |
| 193 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { } |
| 194 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 195 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 196 | |
| 197 | private: |
| 198 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 199 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 200 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); |
| 201 | |
| 202 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) |
| 203 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 204 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) |
| 205 | }; |
| 206 | |
| 207 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow |
| 208 | { |
| 209 | public: |
| 210 | wxGridWindow() |
| 211 | { |
| 212 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; |
| 213 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; |
| 214 | } |
| 215 | |
| 216 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 217 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, |
| 218 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, |
| 219 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 220 | |
| 221 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); |
| 222 | |
| 223 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } |
| 224 | |
| 225 | private: |
| 226 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; |
| 227 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; |
| 228 | |
| 229 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); |
| 230 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 231 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 232 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 233 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 234 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 235 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); |
| 236 | void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); |
| 237 | |
| 238 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) |
| 239 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 240 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) |
| 241 | }; |
| 242 | |
| 243 | |
| 244 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler |
| 245 | { |
| 246 | public: |
| 247 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 248 | : m_grid(grid), |
| 249 | m_editor(editor), |
| 250 | m_inSetFocus(false) |
| 251 | { |
| 252 | } |
| 253 | |
| 254 | void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); |
| 255 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); |
| 256 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); |
| 257 | |
| 258 | void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } |
| 259 | |
| 260 | private: |
| 261 | wxGrid *m_grid; |
| 262 | wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; |
| 263 | |
| 264 | // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to |
| 265 | // a combobox within a set focus event. |
| 266 | bool m_inSetFocus; |
| 267 | |
| 268 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 269 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) |
| 270 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) |
| 271 | }; |
| 272 | |
| 273 | |
| 274 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) |
| 275 | |
| 276 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) |
| 277 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) |
| 278 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) |
| 279 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) |
| 280 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 281 | |
| 282 | |
| 283 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 284 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider |
| 285 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 286 | |
| 287 | // this class stores attributes set for cells |
| 288 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData |
| 289 | { |
| 290 | public: |
| 291 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); |
| 292 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; |
| 293 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); |
| 294 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); |
| 295 | |
| 296 | private: |
| 297 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found |
| 298 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; |
| 299 | |
| 300 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; |
| 301 | }; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns |
| 304 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData |
| 305 | { |
| 306 | public: |
| 307 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings |
| 308 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} |
| 309 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); |
| 310 | |
| 311 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); |
| 312 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; |
| 313 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); |
| 314 | |
| 315 | private: |
| 316 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; |
| 317 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; |
| 318 | }; |
| 319 | |
| 320 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell |
| 321 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones |
| 322 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData |
| 323 | { |
| 324 | public: |
| 325 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; |
| 326 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, |
| 327 | m_colAttrs; |
| 328 | }; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | |
| 331 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 332 | // data structures used for the data type registry |
| 333 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 334 | |
| 335 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo |
| 336 | { |
| 337 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, |
| 338 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 339 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 340 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) |
| 341 | {} |
| 342 | |
| 343 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() |
| 344 | { |
| 345 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); |
| 346 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); |
| 347 | } |
| 348 | |
| 349 | wxString m_typeName; |
| 350 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; |
| 351 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; |
| 352 | |
| 353 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) |
| 354 | }; |
| 355 | |
| 356 | |
| 357 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, |
| 358 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); |
| 359 | |
| 360 | |
| 361 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry |
| 362 | { |
| 363 | public: |
| 364 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} |
| 365 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); |
| 366 | |
| 367 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 368 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 369 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); |
| 370 | |
| 371 | // find one of already registered data types |
| 372 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); |
| 373 | |
| 374 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of |
| 375 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index |
| 376 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); |
| 377 | |
| 378 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already |
| 379 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the |
| 380 | // registered data type and set params for it |
| 381 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); |
| 382 | |
| 383 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); |
| 384 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); |
| 385 | |
| 386 | private: |
| 387 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; |
| 388 | }; |
| 389 | |
| 390 | |
| 391 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 392 | // conditional compilation |
| 393 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 394 | |
| 395 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES |
| 396 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 |
| 397 | #endif |
| 398 | |
| 399 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 400 | // globals |
| 401 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 402 | |
| 403 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 404 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 405 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; |
| 406 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; |
| 407 | #endif |
| 408 | |
| 409 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 410 | // constants |
| 411 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 412 | |
| 413 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); |
| 414 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); |
| 415 | |
| 416 | // scroll line size |
| 417 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx |
| 418 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars |
| 419 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa |
| 420 | // |
| 421 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is |
| 422 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! |
| 423 | // -- Robin |
| 424 | // |
| 425 | // Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs |
| 426 | // fixing anyhow |
| 427 | // -- Vadim |
| 428 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1; |
| 429 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; |
| 430 | |
| 431 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements |
| 432 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) |
| 433 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; |
| 434 | |
| 435 | #if 0 |
| 436 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 437 | // private functions |
| 438 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 439 | |
| 440 | static inline int GetScrollX(int x) |
| 441 | { |
| 442 | return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; |
| 443 | } |
| 444 | |
| 445 | static inline int GetScrollY(int y) |
| 446 | { |
| 447 | return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; |
| 448 | } |
| 449 | #endif |
| 450 | |
| 451 | // ============================================================================ |
| 452 | // implementation |
| 453 | // ============================================================================ |
| 454 | |
| 455 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 456 | // wxGridCellEditor |
| 457 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 458 | |
| 459 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() |
| 460 | { |
| 461 | m_control = NULL; |
| 462 | m_attr = NULL; |
| 463 | } |
| 464 | |
| 465 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() |
| 466 | { |
| 467 | Destroy(); |
| 468 | } |
| 469 | |
| 470 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), |
| 471 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), |
| 472 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 473 | { |
| 474 | if ( evtHandler ) |
| 475 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); |
| 476 | } |
| 477 | |
| 478 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 479 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 480 | { |
| 481 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell |
| 482 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); |
| 483 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); |
| 484 | if (gridWindow) |
| 485 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); |
| 486 | |
| 487 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); |
| 488 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); |
| 489 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); |
| 490 | |
| 491 | // redraw the control we just painted over |
| 492 | m_control->Refresh(); |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | |
| 495 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() |
| 496 | { |
| 497 | if (m_control) |
| 498 | { |
| 499 | m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); |
| 500 | |
| 501 | m_control->Destroy(); |
| 502 | m_control = NULL; |
| 503 | } |
| 504 | } |
| 505 | |
| 506 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 507 | { |
| 508 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 509 | |
| 510 | m_control->Show(show); |
| 511 | |
| 512 | if ( show ) |
| 513 | { |
| 514 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any |
| 515 | if ( attr ) |
| 516 | { |
| 517 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); |
| 518 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); |
| 519 | |
| 520 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 521 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 522 | |
| 523 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms |
| 524 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) |
| 525 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); |
| 526 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); |
| 527 | #endif |
| 528 | |
| 529 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other |
| 530 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | } |
| 533 | else |
| 534 | { |
| 535 | // restore the standard colours fonts |
| 536 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) |
| 537 | { |
| 538 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); |
| 539 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; |
| 540 | } |
| 541 | |
| 542 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) |
| 543 | { |
| 544 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); |
| 545 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; |
| 546 | } |
| 547 | |
| 548 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms |
| 549 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) |
| 550 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) |
| 551 | { |
| 552 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); |
| 553 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; |
| 554 | } |
| 555 | #endif |
| 556 | } |
| 557 | } |
| 558 | |
| 559 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) |
| 560 | { |
| 561 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 562 | |
| 563 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); |
| 564 | } |
| 565 | |
| 566 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 567 | { |
| 568 | event.Skip(); |
| 569 | } |
| 570 | |
| 571 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 572 | { |
| 573 | bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); |
| 574 | bool alt = event.AltDown(); |
| 575 | |
| 576 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ |
| 577 | // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of |
| 578 | // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. |
| 579 | alt = event.MetaDown(); |
| 580 | #endif |
| 581 | |
| 582 | // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are |
| 583 | // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them |
| 584 | // through in that case. |
| 585 | if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) |
| 586 | return false; |
| 587 | |
| 588 | int key = 0; |
| 589 | bool keyOk = true; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ |
| 592 | // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the |
| 593 | // editor. |
| 594 | if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START) |
| 595 | return false; |
| 596 | #endif |
| 597 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
| 598 | // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may |
| 599 | // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a |
| 600 | // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but |
| 601 | // don't do anything for function keys or etc. |
| 602 | key = event.GetUnicodeKey(); |
| 603 | if (key <= 127) |
| 604 | { |
| 605 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 606 | keyOk = (key <= 127); |
| 607 | } |
| 608 | #else |
| 609 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 610 | keyOk = (key <= 255); |
| 611 | #endif |
| 612 | |
| 613 | return keyOk; |
| 614 | } |
| 615 | |
| 616 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 617 | { |
| 618 | event.Skip(); |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
| 621 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() |
| 622 | { |
| 623 | } |
| 624 | |
| 625 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 626 | |
| 627 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 628 | // wxGridCellTextEditor |
| 629 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 630 | |
| 631 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() |
| 632 | { |
| 633 | m_maxChars = 0; |
| 634 | } |
| 635 | |
| 636 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 637 | wxWindowID id, |
| 638 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 639 | { |
| 640 | DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 641 | } |
| 642 | |
| 643 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent, |
| 644 | wxWindowID id, |
| 645 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler, |
| 646 | long style) |
| 647 | { |
| 648 | style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | |
| 649 | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | |
| 650 | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | |
| 651 | wxNO_BORDER; |
| 652 | |
| 653 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, |
| 654 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, |
| 655 | style); |
| 656 | |
| 657 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set |
| 658 | if ( m_maxChars != 0 ) |
| 659 | { |
| 660 | Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); |
| 661 | } |
| 662 | |
| 663 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 664 | } |
| 665 | |
| 666 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), |
| 667 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) |
| 668 | { |
| 669 | // as we fill the entire client area, |
| 670 | // don't do anything here to minimize flicker |
| 671 | } |
| 672 | |
| 673 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) |
| 674 | { |
| 675 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); |
| 676 | |
| 677 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins |
| 678 | // |
| 679 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix |
| 680 | // |
| 681 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) |
| 682 | if (rect.x != 0) |
| 683 | { |
| 684 | rect.x += 1; |
| 685 | rect.y += 1; |
| 686 | rect.width -= 1; |
| 687 | rect.height -= 1; |
| 688 | } |
| 689 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) |
| 690 | if ( rect.x == 0 ) |
| 691 | rect.x += 2; |
| 692 | else |
| 693 | rect.x += 3; |
| 694 | |
| 695 | if ( rect.y == 0 ) |
| 696 | rect.y += 2; |
| 697 | else |
| 698 | rect.y += 3; |
| 699 | |
| 700 | rect.width -= 2; |
| 701 | rect.height -= 2; |
| 702 | #else |
| 703 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; |
| 704 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 707 | extra_x *= 2; |
| 708 | extra_y *= 2; |
| 709 | #endif |
| 710 | |
| 711 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); |
| 712 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); |
| 713 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); |
| 714 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); |
| 715 | #endif |
| 716 | |
| 717 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); |
| 718 | } |
| 719 | |
| 720 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 721 | { |
| 722 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 723 | |
| 724 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); |
| 725 | |
| 726 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); |
| 727 | } |
| 728 | |
| 729 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) |
| 730 | { |
| 731 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); |
| 732 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 733 | Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); |
| 734 | Text()->SetFocus(); |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | |
| 737 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 738 | { |
| 739 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 740 | |
| 741 | bool changed = false; |
| 742 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); |
| 743 | if (value != m_startValue) |
| 744 | changed = true; |
| 745 | |
| 746 | if (changed) |
| 747 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); |
| 748 | |
| 749 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; |
| 750 | |
| 751 | // No point in setting the text of the hidden control |
| 752 | //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 753 | |
| 754 | return changed; |
| 755 | } |
| 756 | |
| 757 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() |
| 758 | { |
| 759 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 760 | |
| 761 | DoReset(m_startValue); |
| 762 | } |
| 763 | |
| 764 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) |
| 765 | { |
| 766 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); |
| 767 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 768 | } |
| 769 | |
| 770 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 771 | { |
| 772 | return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); |
| 773 | } |
| 774 | |
| 775 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 776 | { |
| 777 | // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no |
| 778 | // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. |
| 779 | // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have |
| 780 | // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. |
| 781 | |
| 782 | wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); |
| 783 | wxChar ch; |
| 784 | long pos; |
| 785 | |
| 786 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
| 787 | ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); |
| 788 | if (ch <= 127) |
| 789 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 790 | #else |
| 791 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 792 | #endif |
| 793 | |
| 794 | switch (ch) |
| 795 | { |
| 796 | case WXK_DELETE: |
| 797 | // delete the character at the cursor |
| 798 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); |
| 799 | if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition()) |
| 800 | tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1); |
| 801 | break; |
| 802 | |
| 803 | case WXK_BACK: |
| 804 | // delete the character before the cursor |
| 805 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); |
| 806 | if (pos > 0) |
| 807 | tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); |
| 808 | break; |
| 809 | |
| 810 | default: |
| 811 | tc->WriteText(ch); |
| 812 | break; |
| 813 | } |
| 814 | } |
| 815 | |
| 816 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& |
| 817 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) |
| 818 | { |
| 819 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) |
| 820 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... |
| 821 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); |
| 822 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); |
| 823 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); |
| 824 | Text()->SetValue(s); |
| 825 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); |
| 826 | #else |
| 827 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press |
| 828 | // |
| 829 | event.Skip(); |
| 830 | #endif |
| 831 | } |
| 832 | |
| 833 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 834 | { |
| 835 | if ( !params ) |
| 836 | { |
| 837 | // reset to default |
| 838 | m_maxChars = 0; |
| 839 | } |
| 840 | else |
| 841 | { |
| 842 | long tmp; |
| 843 | if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 844 | { |
| 845 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; |
| 846 | } |
| 847 | else |
| 848 | { |
| 849 | wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); |
| 850 | } |
| 851 | } |
| 852 | } |
| 853 | |
| 854 | // return the value in the text control |
| 855 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const |
| 856 | { |
| 857 | return Text()->GetValue(); |
| 858 | } |
| 859 | |
| 860 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 861 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor |
| 862 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 863 | |
| 864 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) |
| 865 | { |
| 866 | m_min = min; |
| 867 | m_max = max; |
| 868 | } |
| 869 | |
| 870 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 871 | wxWindowID id, |
| 872 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 873 | { |
| 874 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
| 875 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 876 | { |
| 877 | // create a spin ctrl |
| 878 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, |
| 879 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, |
| 880 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, |
| 881 | m_min, m_max); |
| 882 | |
| 883 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 884 | } |
| 885 | else |
| 886 | #endif |
| 887 | { |
| 888 | // just a text control |
| 889 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 890 | |
| 891 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS |
| 892 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); |
| 893 | #endif |
| 894 | } |
| 895 | } |
| 896 | |
| 897 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 898 | { |
| 899 | // first get the value |
| 900 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); |
| 901 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) |
| 902 | { |
| 903 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); |
| 904 | } |
| 905 | else |
| 906 | { |
| 907 | m_valueOld = 0; |
| 908 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 909 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) |
| 910 | { |
| 911 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); |
| 912 | return; |
| 913 | } |
| 914 | } |
| 915 | |
| 916 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
| 917 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 918 | { |
| 919 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); |
| 920 | Spin()->SetFocus(); |
| 921 | } |
| 922 | else |
| 923 | #endif |
| 924 | { |
| 925 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); |
| 926 | } |
| 927 | } |
| 928 | |
| 929 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 930 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 931 | { |
| 932 | bool changed; |
| 933 | long value = 0; |
| 934 | wxString text; |
| 935 | |
| 936 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
| 937 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 938 | { |
| 939 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); |
| 940 | changed = value != m_valueOld; |
| 941 | if (changed) |
| 942 | text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value); |
| 943 | } |
| 944 | else |
| 945 | #endif |
| 946 | { |
| 947 | text = Text()->GetValue(); |
| 948 | changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld); |
| 949 | } |
| 950 | |
| 951 | if ( changed ) |
| 952 | { |
| 953 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) |
| 954 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); |
| 955 | else |
| 956 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); |
| 957 | } |
| 958 | |
| 959 | return changed; |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | |
| 962 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() |
| 963 | { |
| 964 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
| 965 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 966 | { |
| 967 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); |
| 968 | } |
| 969 | else |
| 970 | #endif |
| 971 | { |
| 972 | DoReset(GetString()); |
| 973 | } |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | |
| 976 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 977 | { |
| 978 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 979 | { |
| 980 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 981 | if ( (keycode < 128) && |
| 982 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) |
| 983 | { |
| 984 | return true; |
| 985 | } |
| 986 | } |
| 987 | |
| 988 | return false; |
| 989 | } |
| 990 | |
| 991 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 994 | if ( !HasRange() ) |
| 995 | { |
| 996 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') |
| 997 | { |
| 998 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | // skip Skip() below |
| 1001 | return; |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | } |
| 1004 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
| 1005 | else |
| 1006 | { |
| 1007 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) |
| 1008 | { |
| 1009 | wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; |
| 1010 | spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); |
| 1011 | spin->SetSelection(1,1); |
| 1012 | return; |
| 1013 | } |
| 1014 | } |
| 1015 | #endif |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | event.Skip(); |
| 1018 | } |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 1021 | { |
| 1022 | if ( !params ) |
| 1023 | { |
| 1024 | // reset to default |
| 1025 | m_min = |
| 1026 | m_max = -1; |
| 1027 | } |
| 1028 | else |
| 1029 | { |
| 1030 | long tmp; |
| 1031 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 1032 | { |
| 1033 | m_min = (int)tmp; |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 1036 | { |
| 1037 | m_max = (int)tmp; |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | // skip the error message below |
| 1040 | return; |
| 1041 | } |
| 1042 | } |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 1045 | } |
| 1046 | } |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) |
| 1049 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const |
| 1050 | { |
| 1051 | wxString s; |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
| 1054 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 1055 | { |
| 1056 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); |
| 1057 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | else |
| 1060 | #endif |
| 1061 | { |
| 1062 | s = Text()->GetValue(); |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | return s; |
| 1066 | } |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1069 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor |
| 1070 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) |
| 1073 | { |
| 1074 | m_width = width; |
| 1075 | m_precision = precision; |
| 1076 | } |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 1079 | wxWindowID id, |
| 1080 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 1081 | { |
| 1082 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS |
| 1085 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); |
| 1086 | #endif |
| 1087 | } |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 1090 | { |
| 1091 | // first get the value |
| 1092 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); |
| 1093 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) |
| 1094 | { |
| 1095 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); |
| 1096 | } |
| 1097 | else |
| 1098 | { |
| 1099 | m_valueOld = 0.0; |
| 1100 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 1101 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) |
| 1102 | { |
| 1103 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); |
| 1104 | return; |
| 1105 | } |
| 1106 | } |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); |
| 1109 | } |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 1112 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 1113 | { |
| 1114 | double value = 0.0; |
| 1115 | wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && |
| 1118 | !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) ) |
| 1119 | { |
| 1120 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) |
| 1121 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); |
| 1122 | else |
| 1123 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | return true; |
| 1126 | } |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | return false; |
| 1129 | } |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() |
| 1132 | { |
| 1133 | DoReset(GetString()); |
| 1134 | } |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1137 | { |
| 1138 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 1139 | char tmpbuf[2]; |
| 1140 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; |
| 1141 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; |
| 1142 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | #if wxUSE_INTL |
| 1145 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == |
| 1146 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); |
| 1147 | #else |
| 1148 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); |
| 1149 | #endif |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' |
| 1152 | || is_decimal_point ) |
| 1153 | { |
| 1154 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | // skip Skip() below |
| 1157 | return; |
| 1158 | } |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | event.Skip(); |
| 1161 | } |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 1164 | { |
| 1165 | if ( !params ) |
| 1166 | { |
| 1167 | // reset to default |
| 1168 | m_width = |
| 1169 | m_precision = -1; |
| 1170 | } |
| 1171 | else |
| 1172 | { |
| 1173 | long tmp; |
| 1174 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 1175 | { |
| 1176 | m_width = (int)tmp; |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 1179 | { |
| 1180 | m_precision = (int)tmp; |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | // skip the error message below |
| 1183 | return; |
| 1184 | } |
| 1185 | } |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 1188 | } |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const |
| 1192 | { |
| 1193 | wxString fmt; |
| 1194 | if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) |
| 1195 | { |
| 1196 | // default precision |
| 1197 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); |
| 1198 | } |
| 1199 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) |
| 1200 | { |
| 1201 | // default width |
| 1202 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); |
| 1203 | } |
| 1204 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) |
| 1205 | { |
| 1206 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); |
| 1207 | } |
| 1208 | else |
| 1209 | { |
| 1210 | // default width/precision |
| 1211 | fmt = _T("%f"); |
| 1212 | } |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); |
| 1215 | } |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1218 | { |
| 1219 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 1220 | { |
| 1221 | const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 1222 | if ( isascii(keycode) ) |
| 1223 | { |
| 1224 | char tmpbuf[2]; |
| 1225 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; |
| 1226 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; |
| 1227 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | #if wxUSE_INTL |
| 1230 | const wxString decimalPoint = |
| 1231 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); |
| 1232 | #else |
| 1233 | const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.')); |
| 1234 | #endif |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' |
| 1237 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || |
| 1238 | tolower(keycode) == 'e' || |
| 1239 | keycode == decimalPoint || |
| 1240 | keycode == '+' || |
| 1241 | keycode == '-' ) |
| 1242 | { |
| 1243 | return true; |
| 1244 | } |
| 1245 | } |
| 1246 | } |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | return false; |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1256 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor |
| 1257 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | // the default values for GetValue() |
| 1260 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") }; |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 1263 | wxWindowID id, |
| 1264 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 1265 | { |
| 1266 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, |
| 1267 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, |
| 1268 | wxNO_BORDER); |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 1271 | } |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) |
| 1274 | { |
| 1275 | bool resize = false; |
| 1276 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); |
| 1277 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell |
| 1280 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); |
| 1281 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) |
| 1282 | { |
| 1283 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller |
| 1284 | size = sizeBest; |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | resize = true; |
| 1287 | } |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) |
| 1290 | { |
| 1291 | // leave 1 pixel margin |
| 1292 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | resize = true; |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | if ( resize ) |
| 1298 | { |
| 1299 | m_control->SetSize(size); |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) |
| 1305 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, |
| 1306 | // so shift it to the right |
| 1307 | size.x -= 8; |
| 1308 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) |
| 1309 | // here too, but in other way |
| 1310 | size.x += 1; |
| 1311 | size.y -= 2; |
| 1312 | #endif |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 1315 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 1316 | if (GetCellAttr()) |
| 1317 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | int x = 0, y = 0; |
| 1320 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) |
| 1321 | { |
| 1322 | x = r.x + 2; |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ |
| 1325 | x += 2; |
| 1326 | #endif |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; |
| 1329 | } |
| 1330 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) |
| 1331 | { |
| 1332 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; |
| 1333 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) |
| 1336 | { |
| 1337 | x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; |
| 1338 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; |
| 1339 | } |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | m_control->Move(x, y); |
| 1342 | } |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 1345 | { |
| 1346 | m_control->Show(show); |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | if ( show ) |
| 1349 | { |
| 1350 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; |
| 1351 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); |
| 1352 | } |
| 1353 | } |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 1356 | { |
| 1357 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1358 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) |
| 1361 | { |
| 1362 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); |
| 1363 | } |
| 1364 | else |
| 1365 | { |
| 1366 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] ) |
| 1369 | m_startValue = false; |
| 1370 | else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] ) |
| 1371 | m_startValue = true; |
| 1372 | else |
| 1373 | { |
| 1374 | // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false |
| 1375 | // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and |
| 1376 | // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them |
| 1377 | // know about it |
| 1378 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") ); |
| 1379 | } |
| 1380 | } |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1383 | CBox()->SetFocus(); |
| 1384 | } |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 1387 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 1388 | { |
| 1389 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1390 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 | bool changed = false; |
| 1393 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); |
| 1394 | if ( value != m_startValue ) |
| 1395 | changed = true; |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | if ( changed ) |
| 1398 | { |
| 1399 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); |
| 1400 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) |
| 1401 | table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); |
| 1402 | else |
| 1403 | table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue()); |
| 1404 | } |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | return changed; |
| 1407 | } |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() |
| 1410 | { |
| 1411 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1412 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1415 | } |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() |
| 1418 | { |
| 1419 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); |
| 1420 | } |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1423 | { |
| 1424 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 1425 | { |
| 1426 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 1427 | switch ( keycode ) |
| 1428 | { |
| 1429 | case WXK_SPACE: |
| 1430 | case '+': |
| 1431 | case '-': |
| 1432 | return true; |
| 1433 | } |
| 1434 | } |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | return false; |
| 1437 | } |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1440 | { |
| 1441 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 1442 | switch ( keycode ) |
| 1443 | { |
| 1444 | case WXK_SPACE: |
| 1445 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); |
| 1446 | break; |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | case '+': |
| 1449 | CBox()->SetValue(true); |
| 1450 | break; |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | case '-': |
| 1453 | CBox()->SetValue(false); |
| 1454 | break; |
| 1455 | } |
| 1456 | } |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const |
| 1459 | { |
| 1460 | return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()]; |
| 1461 | } |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | /* static */ void |
| 1464 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue, |
| 1465 | const wxString& valueFalse) |
| 1466 | { |
| 1467 | ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse; |
| 1468 | ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue; |
| 1469 | } |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | /* static */ bool |
| 1472 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value) |
| 1473 | { |
| 1474 | return value == ms_stringValues[true]; |
| 1475 | } |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1482 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor |
| 1483 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, |
| 1486 | bool allowOthers) |
| 1487 | : m_choices(choices), |
| 1488 | m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, |
| 1491 | const wxString choices[], |
| 1492 | bool allowOthers) |
| 1493 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) |
| 1494 | { |
| 1495 | if ( count ) |
| 1496 | { |
| 1497 | m_choices.Alloc(count); |
| 1498 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 1499 | { |
| 1500 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); |
| 1501 | } |
| 1502 | } |
| 1503 | } |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const |
| 1506 | { |
| 1507 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; |
| 1508 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; |
| 1509 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | return editor; |
| 1512 | } |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 1515 | wxWindowID id, |
| 1516 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 1517 | { |
| 1518 | int style = wxBORDER_NONE; |
| 1519 | if (!m_allowOthers) |
| 1520 | style |= wxCB_READONLY; |
| 1521 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, |
| 1522 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, |
| 1523 | m_choices, style ); |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 1526 | } |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 1529 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) |
| 1530 | { |
| 1531 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize |
| 1532 | // flicker |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a |
| 1535 | // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to |
| 1536 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. |
| 1537 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); |
| 1538 | } |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 1541 | { |
| 1542 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1543 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; |
| 1546 | if (m_control) |
| 1547 | evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit |
| 1550 | if (evtHandler) |
| 1551 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | if (m_allowOthers) |
| 1556 | { |
| 1557 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1558 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | else // the combobox is read-only |
| 1561 | { |
| 1562 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found |
| 1563 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue); |
| 1564 | if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) |
| 1565 | pos = 0; |
| 1566 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); |
| 1567 | } |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | Combo()->SetFocus(); |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | if (evtHandler) |
| 1572 | { |
| 1573 | // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event |
| 1574 | // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. |
| 1575 | #if !defined(__WXGTK20__) |
| 1576 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); |
| 1577 | #endif |
| 1578 | } |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 1582 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 1583 | { |
| 1584 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); |
| 1585 | if ( value == m_startValue ) |
| 1586 | return false; |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | return true; |
| 1591 | } |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() |
| 1594 | { |
| 1595 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1596 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 1597 | } |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 1600 | { |
| 1601 | if ( !params ) |
| 1602 | { |
| 1603 | // what can we do? |
| 1604 | return; |
| 1605 | } |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | m_choices.Empty(); |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); |
| 1610 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) |
| 1611 | { |
| 1612 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); |
| 1613 | } |
| 1614 | } |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | // return the value in the text control |
| 1617 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const |
| 1618 | { |
| 1619 | return Combo()->GetValue(); |
| 1620 | } |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1625 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler |
| 1626 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) |
| 1629 | { |
| 1630 | // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it |
| 1631 | if (m_inSetFocus) |
| 1632 | return; |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 | // accept changes |
| 1635 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | event.Skip(); |
| 1638 | } |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1641 | { |
| 1642 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) |
| 1643 | { |
| 1644 | case WXK_ESCAPE: |
| 1645 | m_editor->Reset(); |
| 1646 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 1647 | break; |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 | case WXK_TAB: |
| 1650 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); |
| 1651 | break; |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | case WXK_RETURN: |
| 1654 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: |
| 1655 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) |
| 1656 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); |
| 1657 | break; |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | default: |
| 1660 | event.Skip(); |
| 1661 | break; |
| 1662 | } |
| 1663 | } |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1666 | { |
| 1667 | int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); |
| 1668 | int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); |
| 1669 | wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); |
| 1670 | int cw, ch; |
| 1671 | m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible |
| 1674 | bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) |
| 1677 | { |
| 1678 | case WXK_ESCAPE: |
| 1679 | case WXK_TAB: |
| 1680 | case WXK_RETURN: |
| 1681 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: |
| 1682 | break; |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | case WXK_HOME: |
| 1685 | { |
| 1686 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) |
| 1687 | { |
| 1688 | // no special processing needed... |
| 1689 | event.Skip(); |
| 1690 | break; |
| 1691 | } |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one |
| 1696 | int colXPos = 0; |
| 1697 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) |
| 1698 | { |
| 1699 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); |
| 1700 | } |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; |
| 1703 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); |
| 1704 | if (col != 0) |
| 1705 | { |
| 1706 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); |
| 1707 | } |
| 1708 | else |
| 1709 | { |
| 1710 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); |
| 1711 | } |
| 1712 | event.Skip(); |
| 1713 | break; |
| 1714 | } |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | case WXK_END: |
| 1717 | { |
| 1718 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) |
| 1719 | { |
| 1720 | // no special processing needed... |
| 1721 | event.Skip(); |
| 1722 | break; |
| 1723 | } |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | int textWidth = 0; |
| 1728 | wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); |
| 1729 | if ( wxEmptyString != value ) |
| 1730 | { |
| 1731 | // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) |
| 1732 | int y; |
| 1733 | wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); |
| 1734 | m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling |
| 1737 | int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, |
| 1740 | // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar |
| 1741 | // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? |
| 1742 | textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); |
| 1743 | if ( textWidth < 0 ) |
| 1744 | { |
| 1745 | textWidth = 0; |
| 1746 | } |
| 1747 | } |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one |
| 1750 | int colXPos = 0; |
| 1751 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) |
| 1752 | { |
| 1753 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); |
| 1754 | } |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents |
| 1757 | // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents |
| 1758 | colXPos += textWidth; |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; |
| 1761 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); |
| 1762 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); |
| 1763 | event.Skip(); |
| 1764 | break; |
| 1765 | } |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | default: |
| 1768 | event.Skip(); |
| 1769 | break; |
| 1770 | } |
| 1771 | } |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1774 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for |
| 1775 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting |
| 1776 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) |
| 1779 | { |
| 1780 | // nothing to do |
| 1781 | } |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() |
| 1784 | { |
| 1785 | } |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | // ============================================================================ |
| 1788 | // renderer classes |
| 1789 | // ============================================================================ |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1792 | // wxGridCellRenderer |
| 1793 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1796 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1797 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1798 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 1799 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1800 | bool isSelected) |
| 1801 | { |
| 1802 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | // grey out fields if the grid is disabled |
| 1805 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) |
| 1806 | { |
| 1807 | if ( isSelected ) |
| 1808 | { |
| 1809 | wxColour clr; |
| 1810 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) |
| 1811 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); |
| 1812 | else |
| 1813 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); |
| 1814 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxSOLID) ); |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | else |
| 1817 | { |
| 1818 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); |
| 1819 | } |
| 1820 | } |
| 1821 | else |
| 1822 | { |
| 1823 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID)); |
| 1824 | } |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); |
| 1827 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 1828 | } |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1831 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer |
| 1832 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, |
| 1835 | const wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1836 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1837 | bool isSelected) |
| 1838 | { |
| 1839 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled |
| 1844 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) |
| 1845 | { |
| 1846 | if ( isSelected ) |
| 1847 | { |
| 1848 | wxColour clr; |
| 1849 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) |
| 1850 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); |
| 1851 | else |
| 1852 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); |
| 1853 | dc.SetTextBackground( clr ); |
| 1854 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); |
| 1855 | } |
| 1856 | else |
| 1857 | { |
| 1858 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); |
| 1859 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); |
| 1860 | } |
| 1861 | } |
| 1862 | else |
| 1863 | { |
| 1864 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); |
| 1865 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); |
| 1866 | } |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); |
| 1869 | } |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1872 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1873 | const wxString& text) |
| 1874 | { |
| 1875 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; |
| 1876 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); |
| 1877 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); |
| 1878 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) |
| 1879 | { |
| 1880 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); |
| 1881 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); |
| 1882 | } |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | return wxSize(max_x, y); |
| 1887 | } |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1890 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1891 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1892 | int row, int col) |
| 1893 | { |
| 1894 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); |
| 1895 | } |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1898 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1899 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1900 | const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 1901 | int row, int col, |
| 1902 | bool isSelected) |
| 1903 | { |
| 1904 | wxRect rect = rectCell; |
| 1905 | rect.Inflate(-1); |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased |
| 1908 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 1911 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | int overflowCols = 0; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) |
| 1916 | { |
| 1917 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); |
| 1918 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); |
| 1919 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 1920 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 |
| 1921 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) |
| 1922 | { |
| 1923 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; |
| 1924 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) |
| 1925 | { |
| 1926 | bool is_empty = true; |
| 1927 | for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) |
| 1928 | { |
| 1929 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block |
| 1930 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); |
| 1931 | if (c_rows > 0) |
| 1932 | c_rows = 0; |
| 1933 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) |
| 1934 | { |
| 1935 | is_empty = false; |
| 1936 | break; |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | } |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | if (is_empty) |
| 1941 | { |
| 1942 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); |
| 1943 | } |
| 1944 | else |
| 1945 | { |
| 1946 | i--; |
| 1947 | break; |
| 1948 | } |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | if (rect.width >= best_width) |
| 1951 | break; |
| 1952 | } |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; |
| 1955 | if (overflowCols >= cols) |
| 1956 | overflowCols = cols - 1; |
| 1957 | } |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight |
| 1960 | { |
| 1961 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned |
| 1962 | wxRect clip = rect; |
| 1963 | clip.x += rectCell.width; |
| 1964 | // draw each overflow cell individually |
| 1965 | int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; |
| 1966 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) |
| 1967 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; |
| 1968 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) |
| 1969 | { |
| 1970 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; |
| 1971 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); |
| 1972 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, |
| 1975 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), |
| 1978 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); |
| 1979 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; |
| 1980 | } |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | rect = rectCell; |
| 1983 | rect.Inflate(-1); |
| 1984 | rect.width++; |
| 1985 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); |
| 1986 | } |
| 1987 | } |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | // now we only have to draw the text |
| 1990 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), |
| 1993 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); |
| 1994 | } |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1997 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer |
| 1998 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) |
| 2001 | { |
| 2002 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); |
| 2003 | wxString text; |
| 2004 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) |
| 2005 | { |
| 2006 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); |
| 2007 | } |
| 2008 | else |
| 2009 | { |
| 2010 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 2011 | } |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | return text; |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 2017 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 2018 | wxDC& dc, |
| 2019 | const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 2020 | int row, int col, |
| 2021 | bool isSelected) |
| 2022 | { |
| 2023 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | // draw the text right aligned by default |
| 2028 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 2029 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 2030 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | wxRect rect = rectCell; |
| 2033 | rect.Inflate(-1); |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); |
| 2036 | } |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 2039 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 2040 | wxDC& dc, |
| 2041 | int row, int col) |
| 2042 | { |
| 2043 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); |
| 2044 | } |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2047 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer |
| 2048 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) |
| 2051 | { |
| 2052 | SetWidth(width); |
| 2053 | SetPrecision(precision); |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const |
| 2057 | { |
| 2058 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; |
| 2059 | renderer->m_width = m_width; |
| 2060 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; |
| 2061 | renderer->m_format = m_format; |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | return renderer; |
| 2064 | } |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) |
| 2067 | { |
| 2068 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | bool hasDouble; |
| 2071 | double val; |
| 2072 | wxString text; |
| 2073 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) |
| 2074 | { |
| 2075 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); |
| 2076 | hasDouble = true; |
| 2077 | } |
| 2078 | else |
| 2079 | { |
| 2080 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 2081 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); |
| 2082 | } |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | if ( hasDouble ) |
| 2085 | { |
| 2086 | if ( !m_format ) |
| 2087 | { |
| 2088 | if ( m_width == -1 ) |
| 2089 | { |
| 2090 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) |
| 2091 | { |
| 2092 | // default width/precision |
| 2093 | m_format = _T("%f"); |
| 2094 | } |
| 2095 | else |
| 2096 | { |
| 2097 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); |
| 2098 | } |
| 2099 | } |
| 2100 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) |
| 2101 | { |
| 2102 | // default precision |
| 2103 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); |
| 2104 | } |
| 2105 | else |
| 2106 | { |
| 2107 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); |
| 2108 | } |
| 2109 | } |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | text.Printf(m_format, val); |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | } |
| 2114 | //else: text already contains the string |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | return text; |
| 2117 | } |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 2120 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 2121 | wxDC& dc, |
| 2122 | const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 2123 | int row, int col, |
| 2124 | bool isSelected) |
| 2125 | { |
| 2126 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | // draw the text right aligned by default |
| 2131 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 2132 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 2133 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | wxRect rect = rectCell; |
| 2136 | rect.Inflate(-1); |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); |
| 2139 | } |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 2142 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 2143 | wxDC& dc, |
| 2144 | int row, int col) |
| 2145 | { |
| 2146 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); |
| 2147 | } |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 2150 | { |
| 2151 | if ( !params ) |
| 2152 | { |
| 2153 | // reset to defaults |
| 2154 | SetWidth(-1); |
| 2155 | SetPrecision(-1); |
| 2156 | } |
| 2157 | else |
| 2158 | { |
| 2159 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); |
| 2160 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) |
| 2161 | { |
| 2162 | long width; |
| 2163 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) |
| 2164 | { |
| 2165 | SetWidth((int)width); |
| 2166 | } |
| 2167 | else |
| 2168 | { |
| 2169 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 2170 | } |
| 2171 | } |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); |
| 2174 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) |
| 2175 | { |
| 2176 | long precision; |
| 2177 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) |
| 2178 | { |
| 2179 | SetPrecision((int)precision); |
| 2180 | } |
| 2181 | else |
| 2182 | { |
| 2183 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 2184 | } |
| 2185 | } |
| 2186 | } |
| 2187 | } |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2190 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer |
| 2191 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | // between checkmark and box |
| 2198 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 2201 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), |
| 2202 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), |
| 2203 | int WXUNUSED(row), |
| 2204 | int WXUNUSED(col)) |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) |
| 2207 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) |
| 2208 | { |
| 2209 | // get checkbox size |
| 2210 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString); |
| 2211 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); |
| 2212 | wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 2215 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; |
| 2216 | #endif |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | delete checkbox; |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; |
| 2221 | } |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 2227 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 2228 | wxDC& dc, |
| 2229 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 2230 | int row, int col, |
| 2231 | bool isSelected) |
| 2232 | { |
| 2233 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) |
| 2236 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | // don't draw outside the cell |
| 2239 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); |
| 2240 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) |
| 2241 | { |
| 2242 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin |
| 2243 | size.x = size.y = minSize; |
| 2244 | } |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | // draw a border around checkmark |
| 2247 | int vAlign, hAlign; |
| 2248 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | wxRect rectBorder; |
| 2251 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) |
| 2252 | { |
| 2253 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; |
| 2254 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; |
| 2255 | rectBorder.width = size.x; |
| 2256 | rectBorder.height = size.y; |
| 2257 | } |
| 2258 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) |
| 2259 | { |
| 2260 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; |
| 2261 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; |
| 2262 | rectBorder.width = size.x; |
| 2263 | rectBorder.height = size.y; |
| 2264 | } |
| 2265 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) |
| 2266 | { |
| 2267 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; |
| 2268 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; |
| 2269 | rectBorder.width = size.x; |
| 2270 | rectBorder.height = size.y; |
| 2271 | } |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | bool value; |
| 2274 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) |
| 2275 | { |
| 2276 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); |
| 2277 | } |
| 2278 | else |
| 2279 | { |
| 2280 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); |
| 2281 | value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval); |
| 2282 | } |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | int flags = 0; |
| 2285 | if (value) |
| 2286 | flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED; |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags ); |
| 2289 | } |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2292 | // wxGridCellAttr |
| 2293 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) |
| 2296 | { |
| 2297 | m_nRef = 1; |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | m_renderer = NULL; |
| 2302 | m_editor = NULL; |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; |
| 2307 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); |
| 2310 | } |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const |
| 2313 | { |
| 2314 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | if ( HasTextColour() ) |
| 2317 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); |
| 2318 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) |
| 2319 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 2320 | if ( HasFont() ) |
| 2321 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); |
| 2322 | if ( HasAlignment() ) |
| 2323 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); |
| 2324 | |
| 2325 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | if ( m_renderer ) |
| 2328 | { |
| 2329 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); |
| 2330 | m_renderer->IncRef(); |
| 2331 | } |
| 2332 | if ( m_editor ) |
| 2333 | { |
| 2334 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); |
| 2335 | m_editor->IncRef(); |
| 2336 | } |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) |
| 2339 | attr->SetReadOnly(); |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); |
| 2342 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 | return attr; |
| 2345 | } |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) |
| 2348 | { |
| 2349 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) |
| 2350 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); |
| 2351 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) |
| 2352 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 2353 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) |
| 2354 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); |
| 2355 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) |
| 2356 | { |
| 2357 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 2358 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 2359 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); |
| 2360 | } |
| 2361 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) |
| 2362 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return |
| 2365 | // m_renderer/m_editor |
| 2366 | // |
| 2367 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? |
| 2368 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) |
| 2369 | { |
| 2370 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; |
| 2371 | m_renderer->IncRef(); |
| 2372 | } |
| 2373 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) |
| 2374 | { |
| 2375 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; |
| 2376 | m_editor->IncRef(); |
| 2377 | } |
| 2378 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) |
| 2379 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) |
| 2382 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); |
| 2385 | } |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) |
| 2388 | { |
| 2389 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell |
| 2392 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be |
| 2393 | // set to negative or zero values such that |
| 2394 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) |
| 2395 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || |
| 2400 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || |
| 2401 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), |
| 2402 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; |
| 2405 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const |
| 2409 | { |
| 2410 | if (HasTextColour()) |
| 2411 | { |
| 2412 | return m_colText; |
| 2413 | } |
| 2414 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 2415 | { |
| 2416 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); |
| 2417 | } |
| 2418 | else |
| 2419 | { |
| 2420 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 2421 | return wxNullColour; |
| 2422 | } |
| 2423 | } |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const |
| 2426 | { |
| 2427 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) |
| 2428 | { |
| 2429 | return m_colBack; |
| 2430 | } |
| 2431 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 2432 | { |
| 2433 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 2434 | } |
| 2435 | else |
| 2436 | { |
| 2437 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 2438 | return wxNullColour; |
| 2439 | } |
| 2440 | } |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const |
| 2443 | { |
| 2444 | if (HasFont()) |
| 2445 | { |
| 2446 | return m_font; |
| 2447 | } |
| 2448 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 2449 | { |
| 2450 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); |
| 2451 | } |
| 2452 | else |
| 2453 | { |
| 2454 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 2455 | return wxNullFont; |
| 2456 | } |
| 2457 | } |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const |
| 2460 | { |
| 2461 | if (HasAlignment()) |
| 2462 | { |
| 2463 | if ( hAlign ) |
| 2464 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; |
| 2465 | if ( vAlign ) |
| 2466 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; |
| 2467 | } |
| 2468 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 2469 | { |
| 2470 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); |
| 2471 | } |
| 2472 | else |
| 2473 | { |
| 2474 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 2475 | } |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const |
| 2479 | { |
| 2480 | if ( num_rows ) |
| 2481 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; |
| 2482 | if ( num_cols ) |
| 2483 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; |
| 2484 | } |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about |
| 2487 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is |
| 2488 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and |
| 2489 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is |
| 2490 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its |
| 2491 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const |
| 2494 | { |
| 2495 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) |
| 2498 | { |
| 2499 | // use the cells renderer if it has one |
| 2500 | renderer = m_renderer; |
| 2501 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 2502 | } |
| 2503 | else // no non-default cell renderer |
| 2504 | { |
| 2505 | // get default renderer for the data type |
| 2506 | if ( grid ) |
| 2507 | { |
| 2508 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us |
| 2509 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); |
| 2510 | } |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | if ( renderer == NULL ) |
| 2513 | { |
| 2514 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) |
| 2515 | { |
| 2516 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default |
| 2517 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) |
| 2518 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | else // default grid attr |
| 2521 | { |
| 2522 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially |
| 2523 | renderer = m_renderer; |
| 2524 | if ( renderer ) |
| 2525 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 2526 | } |
| 2527 | } |
| 2528 | } |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | // we're supposed to always find something |
| 2531 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | return renderer; |
| 2534 | } |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g |
| 2537 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const |
| 2538 | { |
| 2539 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) |
| 2542 | { |
| 2543 | // use the cells editor if it has one |
| 2544 | editor = m_editor; |
| 2545 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 2546 | } |
| 2547 | else // no non default cell editor |
| 2548 | { |
| 2549 | // get default editor for the data type |
| 2550 | if ( grid ) |
| 2551 | { |
| 2552 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us |
| 2553 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); |
| 2554 | } |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | if ( editor == NULL ) |
| 2557 | { |
| 2558 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) |
| 2559 | { |
| 2560 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default |
| 2561 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) |
| 2562 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 2563 | } |
| 2564 | else // default grid attr |
| 2565 | { |
| 2566 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially |
| 2567 | editor = m_editor; |
| 2568 | if ( editor ) |
| 2569 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 2570 | } |
| 2571 | } |
| 2572 | } |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | // we're supposed to always find something |
| 2575 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | return editor; |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2581 | // wxGridCellAttrData |
| 2582 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) |
| 2585 | { |
| 2586 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); |
| 2587 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2588 | { |
| 2589 | // add the attribute |
| 2590 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); |
| 2591 | } |
| 2592 | else |
| 2593 | { |
| 2594 | // free the old attribute |
| 2595 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef(); |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | if ( attr ) |
| 2598 | { |
| 2599 | // change the attribute |
| 2600 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; |
| 2601 | } |
| 2602 | else |
| 2603 | { |
| 2604 | // remove this attribute |
| 2605 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); |
| 2606 | } |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | } |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 2611 | { |
| 2612 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); |
| 2615 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2616 | { |
| 2617 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; |
| 2618 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | return attr; |
| 2622 | } |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) |
| 2625 | { |
| 2626 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2627 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2628 | { |
| 2629 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 2630 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 2631 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) |
| 2632 | { |
| 2633 | if (numRows > 0) |
| 2634 | { |
| 2635 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 2636 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); |
| 2637 | } |
| 2638 | else if (numRows < 0) |
| 2639 | { |
| 2640 | // If rows deleted ... |
| 2641 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) |
| 2642 | { |
| 2643 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... |
| 2644 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); |
| 2645 | } |
| 2646 | else |
| 2647 | { |
| 2648 | // ...or remove the attribute |
| 2649 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is |
| 2650 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! |
| 2651 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2652 | n--; |
| 2653 | count--; |
| 2654 | } |
| 2655 | } |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | } |
| 2658 | } |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) |
| 2661 | { |
| 2662 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2663 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2664 | { |
| 2665 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 2666 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 2667 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) |
| 2668 | { |
| 2669 | if ( numCols > 0 ) |
| 2670 | { |
| 2671 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 2672 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); |
| 2673 | } |
| 2674 | else if (numCols < 0) |
| 2675 | { |
| 2676 | // If rows deleted ... |
| 2677 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) |
| 2678 | { |
| 2679 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... |
| 2680 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | else |
| 2683 | { |
| 2684 | // ...or remove the attribute |
| 2685 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is |
| 2686 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! |
| 2687 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2688 | n--; |
| 2689 | count--; |
| 2690 | } |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | } |
| 2693 | } |
| 2694 | } |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const |
| 2697 | { |
| 2698 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2699 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2700 | { |
| 2701 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 2702 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) |
| 2703 | { |
| 2704 | return n; |
| 2705 | } |
| 2706 | } |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 2709 | } |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2712 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData |
| 2713 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() |
| 2716 | { |
| 2717 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2718 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2719 | { |
| 2720 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 2721 | } |
| 2722 | } |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const |
| 2725 | { |
| 2726 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); |
| 2729 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2730 | { |
| 2731 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; |
| 2732 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 2733 | } |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | return attr; |
| 2736 | } |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) |
| 2739 | { |
| 2740 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); |
| 2741 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2742 | { |
| 2743 | if ( attr ) |
| 2744 | { |
| 2745 | // add the attribute |
| 2746 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); |
| 2747 | m_attrs.Add(attr); |
| 2748 | } |
| 2749 | // nothing to remove |
| 2750 | } |
| 2751 | else |
| 2752 | { |
| 2753 | size_t n = (size_t)i; |
| 2754 | if ( attr ) |
| 2755 | { |
| 2756 | // change the attribute |
| 2757 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 2758 | m_attrs[n] = attr; |
| 2759 | } |
| 2760 | else |
| 2761 | { |
| 2762 | // remove this attribute |
| 2763 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 2764 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2765 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2766 | } |
| 2767 | } |
| 2768 | } |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) |
| 2771 | { |
| 2772 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2773 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2774 | { |
| 2775 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; |
| 2776 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) |
| 2777 | { |
| 2778 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) |
| 2779 | { |
| 2780 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 2781 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; |
| 2782 | } |
| 2783 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) |
| 2784 | { |
| 2785 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) |
| 2786 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) |
| 2787 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; |
| 2788 | else |
| 2789 | { |
| 2790 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2791 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 2792 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2793 | n--; |
| 2794 | count--; |
| 2795 | } |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | } |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | } |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2802 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider |
| 2803 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() |
| 2806 | { |
| 2807 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; |
| 2808 | } |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() |
| 2811 | { |
| 2812 | delete m_data; |
| 2813 | } |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() |
| 2816 | { |
| 2817 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; |
| 2818 | } |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, |
| 2821 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const |
| 2822 | { |
| 2823 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 2824 | if ( m_data ) |
| 2825 | { |
| 2826 | switch (kind) |
| 2827 | { |
| 2828 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): |
| 2829 | // Get cached merge attributes. |
| 2830 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable |
| 2831 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); |
| 2832 | if (!attr) |
| 2833 | { |
| 2834 | // Basically implement old version. |
| 2835 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. |
| 2836 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); |
| 2837 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); |
| 2838 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) |
| 2841 | { |
| 2842 | // Two or more are non NULL |
| 2843 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 2844 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | // Order is important.. |
| 2847 | if (attrcell) |
| 2848 | { |
| 2849 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); |
| 2850 | attrcell->DecRef(); |
| 2851 | } |
| 2852 | if (attrcol) |
| 2853 | { |
| 2854 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); |
| 2855 | attrcol->DecRef(); |
| 2856 | } |
| 2857 | if (attrrow) |
| 2858 | { |
| 2859 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); |
| 2860 | attrrow->DecRef(); |
| 2861 | } |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | // store merge attr if cache implemented |
| 2864 | //attr->IncRef(); |
| 2865 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | else |
| 2868 | { |
| 2869 | // one or none is non null return it or null. |
| 2870 | if (attrrow) |
| 2871 | attr = attrrow; |
| 2872 | if (attrcol) |
| 2873 | { |
| 2874 | if (attr) |
| 2875 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 2876 | attr = attrcol; |
| 2877 | } |
| 2878 | if (attrcell) |
| 2879 | { |
| 2880 | if (attr) |
| 2881 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 2882 | attr = attrcell; |
| 2883 | } |
| 2884 | } |
| 2885 | } |
| 2886 | break; |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): |
| 2889 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); |
| 2890 | break; |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): |
| 2893 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); |
| 2894 | break; |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): |
| 2897 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); |
| 2898 | break; |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | default: |
| 2901 | // unused as yet... |
| 2902 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): |
| 2903 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): |
| 2904 | break; |
| 2905 | } |
| 2906 | } |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | return attr; |
| 2909 | } |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, |
| 2912 | int row, int col) |
| 2913 | { |
| 2914 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 2915 | InitData(); |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 2918 | } |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) |
| 2921 | { |
| 2922 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 2923 | InitData(); |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); |
| 2926 | } |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) |
| 2929 | { |
| 2930 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 2931 | InitData(); |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); |
| 2934 | } |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) |
| 2937 | { |
| 2938 | if ( m_data ) |
| 2939 | { |
| 2940 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); |
| 2943 | } |
| 2944 | } |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) |
| 2947 | { |
| 2948 | if ( m_data ) |
| 2949 | { |
| 2950 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | } |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2957 | // wxGridTypeRegistry |
| 2958 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() |
| 2961 | { |
| 2962 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); |
| 2963 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) |
| 2964 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; |
| 2965 | } |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 2968 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 2969 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 2970 | { |
| 2971 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | // is it already registered? |
| 2974 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); |
| 2975 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2976 | { |
| 2977 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; |
| 2978 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; |
| 2979 | } |
| 2980 | else |
| 2981 | { |
| 2982 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 2987 | { |
| 2988 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); |
| 2989 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) |
| 2990 | { |
| 2991 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) |
| 2992 | { |
| 2993 | return i; |
| 2994 | } |
| 2995 | } |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 2998 | } |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 3001 | { |
| 3002 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); |
| 3003 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 3004 | { |
| 3005 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case |
| 3006 | // register it "on the fly" |
| 3007 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 3008 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) |
| 3009 | { |
| 3010 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, |
| 3011 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, |
| 3012 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); |
| 3013 | } |
| 3014 | else |
| 3015 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 3016 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX |
| 3017 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) |
| 3018 | { |
| 3019 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, |
| 3020 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, |
| 3021 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); |
| 3022 | } |
| 3023 | else |
| 3024 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX |
| 3025 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 3026 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) |
| 3027 | { |
| 3028 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, |
| 3029 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, |
| 3030 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); |
| 3031 | } |
| 3032 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) |
| 3033 | { |
| 3034 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, |
| 3035 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, |
| 3036 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); |
| 3037 | } |
| 3038 | else |
| 3039 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 3040 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX |
| 3041 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) |
| 3042 | { |
| 3043 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, |
| 3044 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, |
| 3045 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); |
| 3046 | } |
| 3047 | else |
| 3048 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX |
| 3049 | { |
| 3050 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 3051 | } |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return |
| 3054 | // the last index |
| 3055 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; |
| 3056 | } |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | return index; |
| 3059 | } |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 3062 | { |
| 3063 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); |
| 3064 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 3065 | { |
| 3066 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' |
| 3067 | // are the parameters for the renderer |
| 3068 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); |
| 3069 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 3070 | { |
| 3071 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 3072 | } |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); |
| 3075 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; |
| 3076 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); |
| 3077 | rendererOld->DecRef(); |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); |
| 3080 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; |
| 3081 | editor = editor->Clone(); |
| 3082 | editorOld->DecRef(); |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults |
| 3085 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); |
| 3086 | renderer->SetParameters(params); |
| 3087 | editor->SetParameters(params); |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | // register the new typename |
| 3090 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | // we just registered it, it's the last one |
| 3093 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; |
| 3094 | } |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | return index; |
| 3097 | } |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) |
| 3100 | { |
| 3101 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; |
| 3102 | if (renderer) |
| 3103 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | return renderer; |
| 3106 | } |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) |
| 3109 | { |
| 3110 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; |
| 3111 | if (editor) |
| 3112 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | return editor; |
| 3115 | } |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3118 | // wxGridTableBase |
| 3119 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() |
| 3124 | { |
| 3125 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; |
| 3126 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; |
| 3127 | } |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() |
| 3130 | { |
| 3131 | delete m_attrProvider; |
| 3132 | } |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) |
| 3135 | { |
| 3136 | delete m_attrProvider; |
| 3137 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; |
| 3138 | } |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() |
| 3141 | { |
| 3142 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) |
| 3143 | { |
| 3144 | // use the default attr provider by default |
| 3145 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); |
| 3146 | } |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | return true; |
| 3149 | } |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) |
| 3152 | { |
| 3153 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 3154 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); |
| 3155 | else |
| 3156 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 3157 | } |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) |
| 3160 | { |
| 3161 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 3162 | { |
| 3163 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); |
| 3164 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 3165 | } |
| 3166 | else |
| 3167 | { |
| 3168 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 3169 | // free it now |
| 3170 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 3171 | } |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) |
| 3175 | { |
| 3176 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 3177 | { |
| 3178 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); |
| 3179 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); |
| 3180 | } |
| 3181 | else |
| 3182 | { |
| 3183 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 3184 | // free it now |
| 3185 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 3186 | } |
| 3187 | } |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) |
| 3190 | { |
| 3191 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 3192 | { |
| 3193 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); |
| 3194 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); |
| 3195 | } |
| 3196 | else |
| 3197 | { |
| 3198 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 3199 | // free it now |
| 3200 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 3201 | } |
| 3202 | } |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 3205 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 3206 | { |
| 3207 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | return false; |
| 3210 | } |
| 3211 | |
| 3212 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 3213 | { |
| 3214 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | return false; |
| 3217 | } |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 3220 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 3221 | { |
| 3222 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | return false; |
| 3225 | } |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 3228 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 3229 | { |
| 3230 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | return false; |
| 3233 | } |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 3236 | { |
| 3237 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | return false; |
| 3240 | } |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 3243 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 3244 | { |
| 3245 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | return false; |
| 3248 | } |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) |
| 3251 | { |
| 3252 | wxString s; |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, |
| 3255 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. |
| 3256 | s << row + 1; |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | return s; |
| 3259 | } |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) |
| 3262 | { |
| 3263 | // default col labels are: |
| 3264 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z |
| 3265 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ |
| 3266 | // etc. |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | wxString s; |
| 3269 | unsigned int i, n; |
| 3270 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) |
| 3271 | { |
| 3272 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); |
| 3273 | col = col / 26 - 1; |
| 3274 | if ( col < 0 ) |
| 3275 | break; |
| 3276 | } |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | // reverse the string... |
| 3279 | wxString s2; |
| 3280 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) |
| 3281 | { |
| 3282 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; |
| 3283 | } |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | return s2; |
| 3286 | } |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 3289 | { |
| 3290 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; |
| 3291 | } |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 3294 | const wxString& typeName ) |
| 3295 | { |
| 3296 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; |
| 3297 | } |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) |
| 3300 | { |
| 3301 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); |
| 3302 | } |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 3305 | { |
| 3306 | return 0; |
| 3307 | } |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 3310 | { |
| 3311 | return 0.0; |
| 3312 | } |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 3315 | { |
| 3316 | return false; |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 3320 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 3321 | { |
| 3322 | } |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 3325 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 3326 | { |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 3330 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 3331 | { |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 3335 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) |
| 3336 | { |
| 3337 | return NULL; |
| 3338 | } |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 3341 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), |
| 3342 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 3343 | { |
| 3344 | } |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3347 | // |
| 3348 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications |
| 3349 | // to the grid view |
| 3350 | // |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() |
| 3353 | { |
| 3354 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; |
| 3355 | m_id = -1; |
| 3356 | m_comInt1 = -1; |
| 3357 | m_comInt2 = -1; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, |
| 3361 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) |
| 3362 | { |
| 3363 | m_table = table; |
| 3364 | m_id = id; |
| 3365 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; |
| 3366 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; |
| 3367 | } |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3370 | // |
| 3371 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will |
| 3372 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. |
| 3373 | // |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() |
| 3380 | : wxGridTableBase() |
| 3381 | { |
| 3382 | } |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) |
| 3385 | : wxGridTableBase() |
| 3386 | { |
| 3387 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 3390 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); |
| 3391 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); |
| 3394 | } |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() |
| 3397 | { |
| 3398 | } |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() |
| 3401 | { |
| 3402 | return m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3403 | } |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() |
| 3406 | { |
| 3407 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) |
| 3408 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); |
| 3409 | else |
| 3410 | return 0; |
| 3411 | } |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) |
| 3414 | { |
| 3415 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 3416 | wxEmptyString, |
| 3417 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | return m_data[row][col]; |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) |
| 3423 | { |
| 3424 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 3425 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 | m_data[row][col] = value; |
| 3428 | } |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) |
| 3431 | { |
| 3432 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 3433 | true, |
| 3434 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); |
| 3437 | } |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() |
| 3440 | { |
| 3441 | int row, col; |
| 3442 | int numRows, numCols; |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3445 | if ( numRows > 0 ) |
| 3446 | { |
| 3447 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) |
| 3450 | { |
| 3451 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) |
| 3452 | { |
| 3453 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; |
| 3454 | } |
| 3455 | } |
| 3456 | } |
| 3457 | } |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) |
| 3460 | { |
| 3461 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3462 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 3463 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) |
| 3466 | { |
| 3467 | return AppendRows( numRows ); |
| 3468 | } |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 3471 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); |
| 3472 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); |
| 3473 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 3476 | { |
| 3477 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 3478 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, |
| 3479 | pos, |
| 3480 | numRows ); |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 3483 | } |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | return true; |
| 3486 | } |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) |
| 3489 | { |
| 3490 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3491 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 |
| 3492 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() |
| 3493 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 3496 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) |
| 3497 | { |
| 3498 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); |
| 3499 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); |
| 3500 | } |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 3505 | { |
| 3506 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 3507 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, |
| 3508 | numRows ); |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 3511 | } |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | return true; |
| 3514 | } |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) |
| 3517 | { |
| 3518 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) |
| 3521 | { |
| 3522 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format |
| 3523 | ( |
| 3524 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), |
| 3525 | (unsigned long)pos, |
| 3526 | (unsigned long)numRows, |
| 3527 | (unsigned long)curNumRows |
| 3528 | ) ); |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | return false; |
| 3531 | } |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) |
| 3534 | { |
| 3535 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; |
| 3536 | } |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) |
| 3539 | { |
| 3540 | m_data.Clear(); |
| 3541 | } |
| 3542 | else |
| 3543 | { |
| 3544 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 3548 | { |
| 3549 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 3550 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, |
| 3551 | pos, |
| 3552 | numRows ); |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 3555 | } |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | return true; |
| 3558 | } |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) |
| 3561 | { |
| 3562 | size_t row, col; |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3565 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 |
| 3566 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() |
| 3567 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) |
| 3570 | { |
| 3571 | return AppendCols( numCols ); |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3575 | { |
| 3576 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | size_t i; |
| 3579 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) |
| 3580 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); |
| 3581 | } |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 3584 | { |
| 3585 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) |
| 3586 | { |
| 3587 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); |
| 3588 | } |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 3592 | { |
| 3593 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 3594 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, |
| 3595 | pos, |
| 3596 | numCols ); |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 3599 | } |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | return true; |
| 3602 | } |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) |
| 3605 | { |
| 3606 | size_t row; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | #if 0 |
| 3611 | if ( !curNumRows ) |
| 3612 | { |
| 3613 | // TODO: something better than this ? |
| 3614 | // |
| 3615 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); |
| 3616 | return false; |
| 3617 | } |
| 3618 | #endif |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 3621 | { |
| 3622 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); |
| 3623 | } |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 3626 | { |
| 3627 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 3628 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, |
| 3629 | numCols ); |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 3632 | } |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | return true; |
| 3635 | } |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) |
| 3638 | { |
| 3639 | size_t row; |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 3642 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 3643 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) |
| 3646 | { |
| 3647 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format |
| 3648 | ( |
| 3649 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), |
| 3650 | (unsigned long)pos, |
| 3651 | (unsigned long)numCols, |
| 3652 | (unsigned long)curNumCols |
| 3653 | ) ); |
| 3654 | return false; |
| 3655 | } |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | int colID; |
| 3658 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 3659 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); |
| 3660 | else |
| 3661 | colID = pos; |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) |
| 3664 | { |
| 3665 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; |
| 3666 | } |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3669 | { |
| 3670 | // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only |
| 3671 | // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one |
| 3672 | // element and not numCols, so account for it |
| 3673 | int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID; |
| 3674 | if ( nToRm > 0 ) |
| 3675 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm ); |
| 3676 | } |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 3679 | { |
| 3680 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) |
| 3681 | { |
| 3682 | m_data[row].Clear(); |
| 3683 | } |
| 3684 | else |
| 3685 | { |
| 3686 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); |
| 3687 | } |
| 3688 | } |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 3691 | { |
| 3692 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 3693 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, |
| 3694 | pos, |
| 3695 | numCols ); |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 3698 | } |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | return true; |
| 3701 | } |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) |
| 3704 | { |
| 3705 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3706 | { |
| 3707 | // using default label |
| 3708 | // |
| 3709 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); |
| 3710 | } |
| 3711 | else |
| 3712 | { |
| 3713 | return m_rowLabels[row]; |
| 3714 | } |
| 3715 | } |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) |
| 3718 | { |
| 3719 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3720 | { |
| 3721 | // using default label |
| 3722 | // |
| 3723 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); |
| 3724 | } |
| 3725 | else |
| 3726 | { |
| 3727 | return m_colLabels[col]; |
| 3728 | } |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) |
| 3732 | { |
| 3733 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3734 | { |
| 3735 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); |
| 3736 | int i; |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) |
| 3739 | { |
| 3740 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); |
| 3741 | } |
| 3742 | } |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; |
| 3745 | } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) |
| 3748 | { |
| 3749 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3750 | { |
| 3751 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); |
| 3752 | int i; |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) |
| 3755 | { |
| 3756 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | } |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | m_colLabels[col] = value; |
| 3761 | } |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3765 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) |
| 3768 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) |
| 3769 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
| 3772 | { |
| 3773 | m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); |
| 3774 | } |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 3779 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 3780 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 3781 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3782 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3785 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3786 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) |
| 3787 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) |
| 3788 | { |
| 3789 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3790 | } |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3793 | { |
| 3794 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin |
| 3797 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to |
| 3798 | // set the y coord - MB |
| 3799 | // |
| 3800 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | int x, y; |
| 3803 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); |
| 3804 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); |
| 3805 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); |
| 3808 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); |
| 3809 | } |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3812 | { |
| 3813 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3814 | } |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3817 | { |
| 3818 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); |
| 3819 | } |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 3826 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 3827 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 3828 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3829 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3832 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3833 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) |
| 3834 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) |
| 3835 | { |
| 3836 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3837 | } |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3840 | { |
| 3841 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin |
| 3844 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to |
| 3845 | // set the x coord - MB |
| 3846 | // |
| 3847 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | int x, y; |
| 3850 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); |
| 3851 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); |
| 3852 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) |
| 3853 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); |
| 3854 | else |
| 3855 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); |
| 3858 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); |
| 3859 | } |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3862 | { |
| 3863 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3864 | } |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3867 | { |
| 3868 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); |
| 3869 | } |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 3876 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 3877 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3878 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 3879 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3882 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3883 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) |
| 3884 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) |
| 3885 | { |
| 3886 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3887 | } |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3890 | { |
| 3891 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 | int client_height = 0; |
| 3894 | int client_width = 0; |
| 3895 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME) |
| 3898 | #if 0 |
| 3899 | def __WXGTK__ |
| 3900 | wxRect rect; |
| 3901 | rect.SetX( 1 ); |
| 3902 | rect.SetY( 1 ); |
| 3903 | rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 ); |
| 3904 | rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 ); |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 ); |
| 3907 | #else // !__WXGTK__ |
| 3908 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); |
| 3909 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 ); |
| 3910 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 ); |
| 3911 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); |
| 3912 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); |
| 3915 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 ); |
| 3916 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 ); |
| 3917 | #endif |
| 3918 | } |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3921 | { |
| 3922 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3923 | } |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3926 | { |
| 3927 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
| 3928 | } |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 3935 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 3936 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 3937 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3938 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) |
| 3939 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) |
| 3940 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) |
| 3941 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) |
| 3942 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) |
| 3943 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) |
| 3944 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3947 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, |
| 3948 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, |
| 3949 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3950 | const wxPoint &pos, |
| 3951 | const wxSize &size ) |
| 3952 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size, |
| 3953 | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN, |
| 3954 | wxT("grid window") ) |
| 3955 | { |
| 3956 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3957 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; |
| 3958 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; |
| 3959 | } |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3962 | { |
| 3963 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); |
| 3964 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 3965 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); |
| 3966 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); |
| 3967 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES |
| 3970 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); |
| 3971 | #endif |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); |
| 3974 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); |
| 3975 | } |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) |
| 3978 | { |
| 3979 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); |
| 3980 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); |
| 3981 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); |
| 3982 | } |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3985 | { |
| 3986 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) |
| 3987 | SetFocus(); |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3993 | { |
| 3994 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); |
| 3995 | } |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse |
| 3998 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events |
| 3999 | // |
| 4000 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 4001 | { |
| 4002 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 4003 | event.Skip(); |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 4007 | { |
| 4008 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 4009 | event.Skip(); |
| 4010 | } |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 4013 | { |
| 4014 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 4015 | event.Skip(); |
| 4016 | } |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 4019 | { |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) |
| 4023 | { |
| 4024 | // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it |
| 4025 | // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: |
| 4026 | if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) |
| 4027 | { |
| 4028 | Refresh(); |
| 4029 | } |
| 4030 | else |
| 4031 | { |
| 4032 | // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other |
| 4033 | // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling |
| 4034 | // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if |
| 4035 | // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh |
| 4036 | // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" |
| 4037 | // branch so that it's always executed. |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: |
| 4040 | const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), |
| 4041 | m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); |
| 4042 | const wxRect cursor = |
| 4043 | m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); |
| 4044 | Refresh(true, &cursor); |
| 4045 | } |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 4048 | event.Skip(); |
| 4049 | } |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some |
| 4054 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either |
| 4055 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array |
| 4056 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, |
| 4061 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, |
| 4062 | bool clipToMinMax); |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) |
| 4065 | #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \ |
| 4066 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \ |
| 4067 | m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true) |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI |
| 4072 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) |
| 4075 | // new style border flags, we put them first to |
| 4076 | // use them for streaming out |
| 4077 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) |
| 4078 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) |
| 4079 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) |
| 4080 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) |
| 4081 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) |
| 4082 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | // old style border flags |
| 4085 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) |
| 4086 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) |
| 4087 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) |
| 4088 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) |
| 4089 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) |
| 4090 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | // standard window styles |
| 4093 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) |
| 4094 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) |
| 4095 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) |
| 4096 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) |
| 4097 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) |
| 4098 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) |
| 4099 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) |
| 4100 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) |
| 4107 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) |
| 4108 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style |
| 4109 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) |
| 4112 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | /* |
| 4117 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) |
| 4118 | */ |
| 4119 | #else |
| 4120 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) |
| 4121 | #endif |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) |
| 4124 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) |
| 4125 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) |
| 4126 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) |
| 4127 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) |
| 4128 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) |
| 4129 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) |
| 4130 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | wxGrid::wxGrid() |
| 4133 | { |
| 4134 | InitVars(); |
| 4135 | } |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, |
| 4138 | wxWindowID id, |
| 4139 | const wxPoint& pos, |
| 4140 | const wxSize& size, |
| 4141 | long style, |
| 4142 | const wxString& name ) |
| 4143 | { |
| 4144 | InitVars(); |
| 4145 | Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); |
| 4146 | } |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 4149 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, |
| 4150 | long style, const wxString& name) |
| 4151 | { |
| 4152 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, |
| 4153 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) |
| 4154 | return false; |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); |
| 4157 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | Create(); |
| 4160 | SetInitialSize(size); |
| 4161 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | return true; |
| 4164 | } |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() |
| 4167 | { |
| 4168 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler |
| 4169 | SetTargetWindow(this); |
| 4170 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 4171 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 4174 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; |
| 4175 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " |
| 4176 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), |
| 4177 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, |
| 4178 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); |
| 4179 | #endif |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it |
| 4182 | // with dangling view pointer |
| 4183 | if ( m_ownTable ) |
| 4184 | delete m_table; |
| 4185 | else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) |
| 4186 | m_table->SetView(NULL); |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | delete m_typeRegistry; |
| 4189 | delete m_selection; |
| 4190 | } |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | // |
| 4193 | // ----- internal init and update functions |
| 4194 | // |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can |
| 4197 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. |
| 4198 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | void wxGrid::Create() |
| 4201 | { |
| 4202 | // create the type registry |
| 4203 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | // Set default cell attributes |
| 4210 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 4211 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); |
| 4212 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); |
| 4213 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); |
| 4214 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); |
| 4215 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | #if _USE_VISATTR |
| 4218 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); |
| 4219 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); |
| 4222 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | #else |
| 4225 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( |
| 4226 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); |
| 4227 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( |
| 4228 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); |
| 4229 | #endif |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | m_numRows = 0; |
| 4232 | m_numCols = 0; |
| 4233 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; |
| 4236 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid |
| 4239 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, |
| 4240 | wxID_ANY, |
| 4241 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 4242 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, |
| 4245 | wxID_ANY, |
| 4246 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 4247 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, |
| 4250 | wxID_ANY, |
| 4251 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 4252 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, |
| 4255 | m_rowLabelWin, |
| 4256 | m_colLabelWin, |
| 4257 | wxID_ANY, |
| 4258 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 4259 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | #if _USE_VISATTR |
| 4264 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; |
| 4265 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; |
| 4266 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; |
| 4267 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; |
| 4268 | #else |
| 4269 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); |
| 4270 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); |
| 4271 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); |
| 4272 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); |
| 4273 | #endif |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); |
| 4276 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); |
| 4277 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); |
| 4278 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); |
| 4279 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); |
| 4280 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); |
| 4283 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | Init(); |
| 4286 | } |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, |
| 4289 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) |
| 4290 | { |
| 4291 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, |
| 4292 | false, |
| 4293 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | m_numRows = numRows; |
| 4296 | m_numCols = numCols; |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); |
| 4299 | m_table->SetView( this ); |
| 4300 | m_ownTable = true; |
| 4301 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | m_created = true; |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | return m_created; |
| 4308 | } |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) |
| 4311 | { |
| 4312 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, |
| 4313 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); |
| 4316 | } |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const |
| 4319 | { |
| 4320 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells, |
| 4321 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); |
| 4324 | } |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, |
| 4327 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) |
| 4328 | { |
| 4329 | bool checkSelection = false; |
| 4330 | if ( m_created ) |
| 4331 | { |
| 4332 | // stop all processing |
| 4333 | m_created = false; |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | if (m_table) |
| 4336 | { |
| 4337 | m_table->SetView(0); |
| 4338 | if( m_ownTable ) |
| 4339 | delete m_table; |
| 4340 | m_table = NULL; |
| 4341 | } |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | delete m_selection; |
| 4344 | m_selection = NULL; |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | m_ownTable = false; |
| 4347 | m_numRows = 0; |
| 4348 | m_numCols = 0; |
| 4349 | checkSelection = true; |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | // kill row and column size arrays |
| 4352 | m_colWidths.Empty(); |
| 4353 | m_colRights.Empty(); |
| 4354 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); |
| 4355 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); |
| 4356 | } |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | if (table) |
| 4359 | { |
| 4360 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); |
| 4361 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | m_table = table; |
| 4364 | m_table->SetView( this ); |
| 4365 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; |
| 4366 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); |
| 4367 | if (checkSelection) |
| 4368 | { |
| 4369 | // If the newly set table is smaller than the |
| 4370 | // original one current cell and selection regions |
| 4371 | // might be invalid, |
| 4372 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4373 | m_currentCellCoords = |
| 4374 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), |
| 4375 | wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); |
| 4376 | if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || |
| 4377 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) |
| 4378 | { |
| 4379 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4380 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4381 | } |
| 4382 | else |
| 4383 | m_selectingBottomRight = |
| 4384 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, |
| 4385 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()), |
| 4386 | wxMin(m_numCols, |
| 4387 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol())); |
| 4388 | } |
| 4389 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | m_created = true; |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | return m_created; |
| 4395 | } |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | void wxGrid::InitVars() |
| 4398 | { |
| 4399 | m_created = false; |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; |
| 4402 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; |
| 4403 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; |
| 4404 | m_gridWin = NULL; |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | m_table = NULL; |
| 4407 | m_ownTable = false; |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | m_selection = NULL; |
| 4410 | m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; |
| 4411 | m_typeRegistry = NULL; |
| 4412 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 4413 | } |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | void wxGrid::Init() |
| 4416 | { |
| 4417 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; |
| 4418 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) |
| 4421 | { |
| 4422 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | else |
| 4425 | { |
| 4426 | m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; |
| 4427 | } |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK; |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | // init attr cache |
| 4432 | m_attrCache.row = -1; |
| 4433 | m_attrCache.col = -1; |
| 4434 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | // TODO: something better than this ? |
| 4437 | // |
| 4438 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); |
| 4439 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 4442 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 4445 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 4446 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; |
| 4449 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; |
| 4452 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() |
| 4455 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; |
| 4456 | #else |
| 4457 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; |
| 4458 | #endif |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); |
| 4461 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; |
| 4462 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; |
| 4463 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; |
| 4464 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | m_canDragColMove = false; |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; |
| 4469 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; |
| 4470 | m_canDragRowSize = true; |
| 4471 | m_canDragColSize = true; |
| 4472 | m_canDragGridSize = true; |
| 4473 | m_canDragCell = false; |
| 4474 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 4475 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; |
| 4476 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 4477 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; |
| 4478 | m_nativeColumnLabels = false; |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); |
| 4483 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | ClearSelection(); |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); |
| 4490 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; |
| 4495 | m_batchCount = 0; |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | m_extraWidth = |
| 4498 | m_extraHeight = 0; |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; |
| 4501 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; |
| 4502 | } |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4505 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create |
| 4506 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if |
| 4507 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these |
| 4508 | // arrays at all |
| 4509 | // |
| 4510 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights |
| 4511 | // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but |
| 4512 | // this is not done currently |
| 4513 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() |
| 4516 | { |
| 4517 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); |
| 4518 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); |
| 4521 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | int rowBottom = 0; |
| 4526 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 4527 | { |
| 4528 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 4529 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); |
| 4530 | } |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() |
| 4534 | { |
| 4535 | m_colWidths.Empty(); |
| 4536 | m_colRights.Empty(); |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); |
| 4539 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | int colRight = 0; |
| 4544 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 4545 | { |
| 4546 | colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; |
| 4547 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); |
| 4548 | } |
| 4549 | } |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const |
| 4552 | { |
| 4553 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; |
| 4554 | } |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const |
| 4557 | { |
| 4558 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth |
| 4559 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; |
| 4560 | } |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const |
| 4563 | { |
| 4564 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth |
| 4565 | : m_colRights[col]; |
| 4566 | } |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const |
| 4569 | { |
| 4570 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 4571 | } |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const |
| 4574 | { |
| 4575 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight |
| 4576 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 4577 | } |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const |
| 4580 | { |
| 4581 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight |
| 4582 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; |
| 4583 | } |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() |
| 4586 | { |
| 4587 | // compute the size of the scrollable area |
| 4588 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; |
| 4589 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 | w += m_extraWidth; |
| 4592 | h += m_extraHeight; |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | // take into account editor if shown |
| 4595 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 4596 | { |
| 4597 | int w2, h2; |
| 4598 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 4599 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 4600 | int x = GetColLeft(c); |
| 4601 | int y = GetRowTop(r); |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 | // how big is the editor |
| 4604 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); |
| 4605 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); |
| 4606 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); |
| 4607 | w2 += x; |
| 4608 | h2 += y; |
| 4609 | if ( w2 > w ) |
| 4610 | w = w2; |
| 4611 | if ( h2 > h ) |
| 4612 | h = h2; |
| 4613 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 4614 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 4615 | } |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position |
| 4618 | int x, y; |
| 4619 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges |
| 4622 | if ( x >= w ) |
| 4623 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); |
| 4624 | if ( y >= h ) |
| 4625 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | // do set scrollbar parameters |
| 4628 | SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY, |
| 4629 | GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), |
| 4630 | x, y, |
| 4631 | GetBatchCount() != 0); |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we |
| 4634 | // still must reposition the children |
| 4635 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() |
| 4639 | { |
| 4640 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) |
| 4643 | return; |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | int cw, ch; |
| 4646 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid |
| 4649 | // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid |
| 4650 | // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be |
| 4651 | // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the |
| 4652 | // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more |
| 4653 | // |
| 4654 | // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for |
| 4655 | // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then |
| 4656 | wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize(); |
| 4657 | if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) ) |
| 4658 | { |
| 4659 | // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for |
| 4660 | // the fixed size elements |
| 4661 | size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 4662 | size.y -= m_colLabelHeight; |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize(); |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 | if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y ) |
| 4667 | { |
| 4668 | // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size |
| 4669 | // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now) |
| 4670 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 4671 | GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); |
| 4672 | } |
| 4673 | } |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 | // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't |
| 4676 | // size the windows to negative sizes in this case |
| 4677 | int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 4678 | int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; |
| 4679 | if (gw < 0) |
| 4680 | gw = 0; |
| 4681 | if (gh < 0) |
| 4682 | gh = 0; |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 4685 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 4688 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 4691 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) |
| 4694 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); |
| 4695 | } |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message |
| 4698 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned |
| 4699 | // |
| 4700 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) |
| 4701 | { |
| 4702 | int i; |
| 4703 | bool result = false; |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different |
| 4706 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. |
| 4707 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are |
| 4710 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be |
| 4711 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. |
| 4712 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the |
| 4713 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. |
| 4714 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 4715 | |
| 4716 | #if 0 |
| 4717 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them |
| 4718 | // now |
| 4719 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4720 | { |
| 4721 | InitColWidths(); |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4725 | { |
| 4726 | InitRowHeights(); |
| 4727 | } |
| 4728 | #endif |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) |
| 4731 | { |
| 4732 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: |
| 4733 | { |
| 4734 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 4735 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | m_numRows += numRows; |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4740 | { |
| 4741 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); |
| 4742 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | int bottom = 0; |
| 4745 | if ( pos > 0 ) |
| 4746 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 4749 | { |
| 4750 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 4751 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; |
| 4752 | } |
| 4753 | } |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4756 | { |
| 4757 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 4758 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 4759 | // |
| 4760 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 4761 | } |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 4764 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 4765 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 4766 | if (attrProvider) |
| 4767 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 4770 | { |
| 4771 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4772 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 4773 | } |
| 4774 | } |
| 4775 | result = true; |
| 4776 | break; |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: |
| 4779 | { |
| 4780 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 4781 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; |
| 4782 | m_numRows += numRows; |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4785 | { |
| 4786 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); |
| 4787 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 | int bottom = 0; |
| 4790 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) |
| 4791 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 4794 | { |
| 4795 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 4796 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; |
| 4797 | } |
| 4798 | } |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4801 | { |
| 4802 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 4803 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 4804 | // |
| 4805 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 4809 | { |
| 4810 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4811 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 4812 | } |
| 4813 | } |
| 4814 | result = true; |
| 4815 | break; |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: |
| 4818 | { |
| 4819 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 4820 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 4821 | m_numRows -= numRows; |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4824 | { |
| 4825 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); |
| 4826 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 | int h = 0; |
| 4829 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 4830 | { |
| 4831 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 4832 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; |
| 4833 | } |
| 4834 | } |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | if ( !m_numRows ) |
| 4837 | { |
| 4838 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4839 | } |
| 4840 | else |
| 4841 | { |
| 4842 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) |
| 4843 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); |
| 4844 | } |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 4847 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); |
| 4848 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 4849 | if (attrProvider) |
| 4850 | { |
| 4851 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans |
| 4854 | #if 0 |
| 4855 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we |
| 4856 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove |
| 4857 | // all column attributes. |
| 4858 | // I hate to do this here, but the |
| 4859 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. |
| 4860 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) |
| 4861 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); |
| 4862 | #endif |
| 4863 | } |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 4866 | { |
| 4867 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4868 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 4869 | } |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | result = true; |
| 4872 | break; |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: |
| 4875 | { |
| 4876 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 4877 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 4878 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4881 | { |
| 4882 | //Shift the column IDs |
| 4883 | int i; |
| 4884 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) |
| 4885 | { |
| 4886 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) |
| 4887 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | //Set the new columns' positions |
| 4893 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) |
| 4894 | { |
| 4895 | m_colAt[i] = i; |
| 4896 | } |
| 4897 | } |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4900 | { |
| 4901 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); |
| 4902 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 | int right = 0; |
| 4905 | if ( pos > 0 ) |
| 4906 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | int colPos; |
| 4909 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 4910 | { |
| 4911 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | right += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 4914 | m_colRights[i] = right; |
| 4915 | } |
| 4916 | } |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4919 | { |
| 4920 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 4921 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 4922 | // |
| 4923 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 4924 | } |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 4927 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 4928 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 4929 | if (attrProvider) |
| 4930 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 4931 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 4932 | { |
| 4933 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4934 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 4935 | } |
| 4936 | } |
| 4937 | result = true; |
| 4938 | break; |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: |
| 4941 | { |
| 4942 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 4943 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; |
| 4944 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4947 | { |
| 4948 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | //Set the new columns' positions |
| 4951 | int i; |
| 4952 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 4953 | { |
| 4954 | m_colAt[i] = i; |
| 4955 | } |
| 4956 | } |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 4959 | { |
| 4960 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); |
| 4961 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | int right = 0; |
| 4964 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) |
| 4965 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | int colPos; |
| 4968 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 4969 | { |
| 4970 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | right += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 4973 | m_colRights[i] = right; |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | } |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4978 | { |
| 4979 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 4980 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 4981 | // |
| 4982 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 4983 | } |
| 4984 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 4985 | { |
| 4986 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 4987 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 4988 | } |
| 4989 | } |
| 4990 | result = true; |
| 4991 | break; |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: |
| 4994 | { |
| 4995 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 4996 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 4997 | m_numCols -= numCols; |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) |
| 5000 | { |
| 5001 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | //Shift the column IDs |
| 5006 | int colPos; |
| 5007 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 5008 | { |
| 5009 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) |
| 5010 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; |
| 5011 | } |
| 5012 | } |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 5015 | { |
| 5016 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); |
| 5017 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | int w = 0; |
| 5020 | int colPos; |
| 5021 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 5022 | { |
| 5023 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | w += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 5026 | m_colRights[i] = w; |
| 5027 | } |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | if ( !m_numCols ) |
| 5031 | { |
| 5032 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 5033 | } |
| 5034 | else |
| 5035 | { |
| 5036 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) |
| 5037 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); |
| 5038 | } |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 5041 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); |
| 5042 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 5043 | if (attrProvider) |
| 5044 | { |
| 5045 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans |
| 5048 | #if 0 |
| 5049 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we |
| 5050 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove |
| 5051 | // all row attributes. |
| 5052 | // I hate to do this here, but the |
| 5053 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. |
| 5054 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) |
| 5055 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); |
| 5056 | #endif |
| 5057 | } |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 5060 | { |
| 5061 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 5062 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 5063 | } |
| 5064 | } |
| 5065 | result = true; |
| 5066 | break; |
| 5067 | } |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 5070 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | return result; |
| 5073 | } |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const |
| 5076 | { |
| 5077 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 5078 | wxRect r; |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | int top, bottom; |
| 5083 | while ( iter ) |
| 5084 | { |
| 5085 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 5088 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 5089 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 5090 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 5091 | // |
| 5092 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 5093 | int cw, ch; |
| 5094 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5095 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) |
| 5096 | r.SetTop( 0 ); |
| 5097 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); |
| 5098 | #endif |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 5101 | // |
| 5102 | int dummy; |
| 5103 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); |
| 5104 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 | // find the row labels within these bounds |
| 5107 | // |
| 5108 | int row; |
| 5109 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 5110 | { |
| 5111 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) |
| 5112 | continue; |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) |
| 5115 | break; |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | rowlabels.Add( row ); |
| 5118 | } |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | ++iter; |
| 5121 | } |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | return rowlabels; |
| 5124 | } |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const |
| 5127 | { |
| 5128 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 5129 | wxRect r; |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | wxArrayInt colLabels; |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | int left, right; |
| 5134 | while ( iter ) |
| 5135 | { |
| 5136 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 5139 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 5140 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 5141 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 5142 | // |
| 5143 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 5144 | int cw, ch; |
| 5145 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5146 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) |
| 5147 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); |
| 5148 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); |
| 5149 | #endif |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 5152 | // |
| 5153 | int dummy; |
| 5154 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 5155 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | // find the cells within these bounds |
| 5158 | // |
| 5159 | int col; |
| 5160 | int colPos; |
| 5161 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 5162 | { |
| 5163 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) |
| 5166 | continue; |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) |
| 5169 | break; |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | colLabels.Add( col ); |
| 5172 | } |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | ++iter; |
| 5175 | } |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | return colLabels; |
| 5178 | } |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const |
| 5181 | { |
| 5182 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 5183 | wxRect r; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 5188 | while ( iter ) |
| 5189 | { |
| 5190 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 5193 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 5194 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 5195 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 5196 | // |
| 5197 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 5198 | int cw, ch; |
| 5199 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5200 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); |
| 5201 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); |
| 5202 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); |
| 5203 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); |
| 5204 | #endif |
| 5205 | |
| 5206 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 5207 | // |
| 5208 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 5209 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | // find the cells within these bounds |
| 5212 | // |
| 5213 | int row, col; |
| 5214 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 5215 | { |
| 5216 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) |
| 5217 | continue; |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) |
| 5220 | break; |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 | int colPos; |
| 5223 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 5224 | { |
| 5225 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) |
| 5228 | continue; |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) |
| 5231 | break; |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); |
| 5234 | } |
| 5235 | } |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | ++iter; |
| 5238 | } |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 | return cellsExposed; |
| 5241 | } |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 5245 | { |
| 5246 | int x, y, row; |
| 5247 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 5248 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 5251 | { |
| 5252 | if (!m_isDragging) |
| 5253 | { |
| 5254 | m_isDragging = true; |
| 5255 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); |
| 5256 | } |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) |
| 5259 | { |
| 5260 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 5261 | { |
| 5262 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 5263 | { |
| 5264 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; |
| 5265 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5266 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 5269 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 5270 | y = wxMax( y, |
| 5271 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 5272 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); |
| 5273 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 5274 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 5275 | { |
| 5276 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); |
| 5277 | } |
| 5278 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); |
| 5279 | m_dragLastPos = y; |
| 5280 | } |
| 5281 | break; |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: |
| 5284 | { |
| 5285 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) |
| 5286 | { |
| 5287 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 5288 | { |
| 5289 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, |
| 5290 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5291 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 5292 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5293 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5294 | } |
| 5295 | } |
| 5296 | } |
| 5297 | break; |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value |
| 5300 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch |
| 5301 | default: |
| 5302 | break; |
| 5303 | } |
| 5304 | } |
| 5305 | return; |
| 5306 | } |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) |
| 5309 | return; |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | if (m_isDragging) |
| 5312 | { |
| 5313 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) |
| 5314 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 5315 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 5316 | } |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window |
| 5319 | // |
| 5320 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 5321 | { |
| 5322 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 5323 | } |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 5326 | // |
| 5327 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 5328 | { |
| 5329 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the |
| 5330 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user |
| 5331 | // wanting to resize the row |
| 5332 | // |
| 5333 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) |
| 5334 | { |
| 5335 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 5336 | if ( row >= 0 && |
| 5337 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 5338 | { |
| 5339 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) |
| 5340 | ClearSelection(); |
| 5341 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 5342 | { |
| 5343 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 5344 | { |
| 5345 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 5346 | 0, |
| 5347 | row, |
| 5348 | GetNumberCols() - 1, |
| 5349 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5350 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 5351 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5352 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5353 | } |
| 5354 | else |
| 5355 | { |
| 5356 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, |
| 5357 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5358 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 5359 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5360 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5361 | } |
| 5362 | } |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 5365 | } |
| 5366 | } |
| 5367 | else |
| 5368 | { |
| 5369 | // starting to drag-resize a row |
| 5370 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) |
| 5371 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 5372 | } |
| 5373 | } |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 5376 | // |
| 5377 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 5378 | { |
| 5379 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); |
| 5380 | if ( row < 0 ) |
| 5381 | { |
| 5382 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 5383 | if ( row >=0 && |
| 5384 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 5385 | { |
| 5386 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5387 | } |
| 5388 | } |
| 5389 | else |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | // adjust row height depending on label text |
| 5392 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 5395 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 5396 | } |
| 5397 | } |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 5400 | // |
| 5401 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 5402 | { |
| 5403 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 5404 | { |
| 5405 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 5408 | // default processing in this case |
| 5409 | // |
| 5410 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); |
| 5411 | } |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 5414 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 5415 | } |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 5418 | // |
| 5419 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 5420 | { |
| 5421 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 5422 | if ( row >=0 && |
| 5423 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 5424 | { |
| 5425 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5426 | } |
| 5427 | } |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 5430 | // |
| 5431 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 5432 | { |
| 5433 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 5434 | if ( row >= 0 && |
| 5435 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 5436 | { |
| 5437 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5438 | } |
| 5439 | } |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving |
| 5442 | // |
| 5443 | else if ( event.Moving() ) |
| 5444 | { |
| 5445 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); |
| 5446 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) |
| 5447 | { |
| 5448 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 5449 | { |
| 5450 | // don't capture the mouse yet |
| 5451 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) |
| 5452 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); |
| 5453 | } |
| 5454 | } |
| 5455 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 5456 | { |
| 5457 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | } |
| 5460 | } |
| 5461 | |
| 5462 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 5463 | { |
| 5464 | int x, y, col; |
| 5465 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 5466 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 5469 | { |
| 5470 | if (!m_isDragging) |
| 5471 | { |
| 5472 | m_isDragging = true; |
| 5473 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL ) |
| 5476 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x ); |
| 5477 | } |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) |
| 5480 | { |
| 5481 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 5484 | { |
| 5485 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; |
| 5486 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5487 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); |
| 5488 | |
| 5489 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 5490 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 5493 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); |
| 5494 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 5495 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 5496 | { |
| 5497 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); |
| 5498 | } |
| 5499 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); |
| 5500 | m_dragLastPos = x; |
| 5501 | } |
| 5502 | break; |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: |
| 5505 | { |
| 5506 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) |
| 5507 | { |
| 5508 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 5509 | { |
| 5510 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, |
| 5511 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5512 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 5513 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5514 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5515 | } |
| 5516 | } |
| 5517 | } |
| 5518 | break; |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: |
| 5521 | { |
| 5522 | if ( x < 0 ) |
| 5523 | m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 ); |
| 5524 | else |
| 5525 | m_moveToCol = XToCol( x ); |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 | int markerX; |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 | if ( m_moveToCol < 0 ) |
| 5530 | markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) ); |
| 5531 | else |
| 5532 | markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ); |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) |
| 5535 | { |
| 5536 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | int cw, ch; |
| 5539 | m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | markerX++; |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 | //Clean up the last indicator |
| 5544 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 5545 | { |
| 5546 | wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); |
| 5547 | dc.SetPen(pen); |
| 5548 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); |
| 5549 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) |
| 5552 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); |
| 5553 | } |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker |
| 5556 | if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol) |
| 5557 | || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1) |
| 5558 | || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ))) |
| 5559 | { |
| 5560 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 5561 | return; |
| 5562 | } |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | //Draw the marker |
| 5565 | wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 ); |
| 5566 | dc.SetPen(pen); |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; |
| 5573 | } |
| 5574 | } |
| 5575 | break; |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value |
| 5578 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch |
| 5579 | default: |
| 5580 | break; |
| 5581 | } |
| 5582 | } |
| 5583 | return; |
| 5584 | } |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) |
| 5587 | return; |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | if (m_isDragging) |
| 5590 | { |
| 5591 | if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) |
| 5592 | m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 5593 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 5594 | } |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window |
| 5597 | // |
| 5598 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 5599 | { |
| 5600 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 5601 | } |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 5604 | // |
| 5605 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 5606 | { |
| 5607 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the |
| 5608 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user |
| 5609 | // wanting to resize the col |
| 5610 | // |
| 5611 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) |
| 5612 | { |
| 5613 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 5614 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 5615 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 5616 | { |
| 5617 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) |
| 5618 | { |
| 5619 | //Show button as pressed |
| 5620 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); |
| 5621 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); |
| 5622 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; |
| 5623 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); |
| 5624 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); |
| 5625 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 5628 | } |
| 5629 | else |
| 5630 | { |
| 5631 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) |
| 5632 | ClearSelection(); |
| 5633 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 5634 | { |
| 5635 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 5636 | { |
| 5637 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, |
| 5638 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), |
| 5639 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, |
| 5640 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5641 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 5642 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5643 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5644 | } |
| 5645 | else |
| 5646 | { |
| 5647 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, |
| 5648 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5649 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 5650 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5651 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5652 | } |
| 5653 | } |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 5656 | } |
| 5657 | } |
| 5658 | } |
| 5659 | else |
| 5660 | { |
| 5661 | // starting to drag-resize a col |
| 5662 | // |
| 5663 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) |
| 5664 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 5665 | } |
| 5666 | } |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 5669 | // |
| 5670 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 5671 | { |
| 5672 | col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); |
| 5673 | if ( col < 0 ) |
| 5674 | { |
| 5675 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 5676 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 5677 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 5678 | { |
| 5679 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5680 | } |
| 5681 | } |
| 5682 | else |
| 5683 | { |
| 5684 | // adjust column width depending on label text |
| 5685 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( col ); |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 5688 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 5689 | } |
| 5690 | } |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 5693 | // |
| 5694 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 5695 | { |
| 5696 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 5697 | { |
| 5698 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 5699 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 5702 | // default processing in this case |
| 5703 | // |
| 5704 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); |
| 5705 | break; |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: |
| 5708 | DoEndDragMoveCol(); |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); |
| 5711 | break; |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: |
| 5714 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: |
| 5715 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 5716 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: |
| 5717 | // nothing to do (?) |
| 5718 | break; |
| 5719 | } |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 5722 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 5723 | } |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 5726 | // |
| 5727 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 5728 | { |
| 5729 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 5730 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 5731 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 5732 | { |
| 5733 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5734 | } |
| 5735 | } |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 5738 | // |
| 5739 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 5740 | { |
| 5741 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 5742 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 5743 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5746 | } |
| 5747 | } |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving |
| 5750 | // |
| 5751 | else if ( event.Moving() ) |
| 5752 | { |
| 5753 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); |
| 5754 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) |
| 5755 | { |
| 5756 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 5757 | { |
| 5758 | // don't capture the cursor yet |
| 5759 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) |
| 5760 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false); |
| 5761 | } |
| 5762 | } |
| 5763 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 5764 | { |
| 5765 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false); |
| 5766 | } |
| 5767 | } |
| 5768 | } |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 5771 | { |
| 5772 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 5773 | { |
| 5774 | // indicate corner label by having both row and |
| 5775 | // col args == -1 |
| 5776 | // |
| 5777 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 5778 | { |
| 5779 | SelectAll(); |
| 5780 | } |
| 5781 | } |
| 5782 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 5783 | { |
| 5784 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); |
| 5785 | } |
| 5786 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 5787 | { |
| 5788 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 5789 | { |
| 5790 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5791 | } |
| 5792 | } |
| 5793 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 5794 | { |
| 5795 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 5796 | { |
| 5797 | // no default action at the moment |
| 5798 | } |
| 5799 | } |
| 5800 | } |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() |
| 5803 | { |
| 5804 | // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is |
| 5805 | if ( m_winCapture ) |
| 5806 | { |
| 5807 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 5808 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; |
| 5809 | m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); |
| 5810 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen |
| 5813 | Refresh(); |
| 5814 | } |
| 5815 | } |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, |
| 5818 | wxWindow *win, |
| 5819 | bool captureMouse) |
| 5820 | { |
| 5821 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
| 5822 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = |
| 5823 | { |
| 5824 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), |
| 5825 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), |
| 5826 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), |
| 5827 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), |
| 5828 | _T("SELECT_COL"), |
| 5829 | _T("MOVE_COL"), |
| 5830 | }; |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), |
| 5833 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), |
| 5834 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") |
| 5835 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") |
| 5836 | : _T("gridWin"), |
| 5837 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); |
| 5838 | #endif |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && |
| 5841 | win == m_winCapture && |
| 5842 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) |
| 5843 | return; |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 | if ( !win ) |
| 5846 | { |
| 5847 | // by default use the grid itself |
| 5848 | win = m_gridWin; |
| 5849 | } |
| 5850 | |
| 5851 | if ( m_winCapture ) |
| 5852 | { |
| 5853 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) |
| 5854 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 5855 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; |
| 5856 | } |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | m_cursorMode = mode; |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 5861 | { |
| 5862 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 5863 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); |
| 5864 | break; |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 5867 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); |
| 5868 | break; |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: |
| 5871 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); |
| 5872 | break; |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | default: |
| 5875 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); |
| 5876 | break; |
| 5877 | } |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing |
| 5880 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || |
| 5881 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) |
| 5884 | { |
| 5885 | win->CaptureMouse(); |
| 5886 | m_winCapture = win; |
| 5887 | } |
| 5888 | } |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 5891 | { |
| 5892 | int x, y; |
| 5893 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 5894 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 | wxGridCellCoords coords; |
| 5897 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 5900 | bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; |
| 5901 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 5902 | if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) |
| 5903 | { |
| 5904 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); |
| 5905 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); |
| 5906 | } |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 5909 | { |
| 5910 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at |
| 5913 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... |
| 5914 | if (! m_isDragging) |
| 5915 | { |
| 5916 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) |
| 5917 | { |
| 5918 | m_startDragPos = pos; |
| 5919 | return; |
| 5920 | } |
| 5921 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) |
| 5922 | return; |
| 5923 | } |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | m_isDragging = true; |
| 5926 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 5927 | { |
| 5928 | // Hide the edit control, so it |
| 5929 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. |
| 5930 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 5931 | { |
| 5932 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5933 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 5934 | } |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 5937 | { |
| 5938 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) |
| 5939 | { |
| 5940 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) |
| 5941 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; |
| 5942 | HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); |
| 5943 | } |
| 5944 | else if ( CanDragCell() ) |
| 5945 | { |
| 5946 | if ( isFirstDrag ) |
| 5947 | { |
| 5948 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) |
| 5949 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, |
| 5952 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 5953 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 5954 | event ); |
| 5955 | return; |
| 5956 | } |
| 5957 | } |
| 5958 | else |
| 5959 | { |
| 5960 | if ( !IsSelection() ) |
| 5961 | { |
| 5962 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); |
| 5963 | } |
| 5964 | else |
| 5965 | { |
| 5966 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); |
| 5967 | } |
| 5968 | } |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) |
| 5971 | { |
| 5972 | MakeCellVisible(coords); |
| 5973 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The |
| 5974 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. |
| 5975 | } |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? |
| 5978 | if (! m_winCapture) |
| 5979 | { |
| 5980 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; |
| 5981 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); |
| 5982 | } |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 | } |
| 5986 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 5987 | { |
| 5988 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; |
| 5989 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5990 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 5993 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 5994 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 5995 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); |
| 5996 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 5997 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 5998 | { |
| 5999 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); |
| 6000 | } |
| 6001 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); |
| 6002 | m_dragLastPos = y; |
| 6003 | } |
| 6004 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) |
| 6005 | { |
| 6006 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; |
| 6007 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6008 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 6011 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 6012 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 6013 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); |
| 6014 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 6015 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 6016 | { |
| 6017 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); |
| 6018 | } |
| 6019 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); |
| 6020 | m_dragLastPos = x; |
| 6021 | } |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | return; |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 6027 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL |
| 6030 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under |
| 6031 | // wxGTK |
| 6032 | #if 0 |
| 6033 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 6034 | { |
| 6035 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 6036 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); |
| 6037 | } |
| 6038 | else |
| 6039 | #endif // 0 |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 6042 | // |
| 6043 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6044 | { |
| 6045 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, |
| 6046 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 6047 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 6048 | event ) ) |
| 6049 | { |
| 6050 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) |
| 6051 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6052 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 6053 | { |
| 6054 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 6055 | { |
| 6056 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 6057 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), |
| 6058 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 6059 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 6060 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 6061 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 6062 | event.AltDown(), |
| 6063 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | } |
| 6066 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && |
| 6067 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) |
| 6068 | { |
| 6069 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6070 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) |
| 6073 | { |
| 6074 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 6075 | { |
| 6076 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), |
| 6077 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 6078 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 6079 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 6080 | event.AltDown(), |
| 6081 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 6082 | } |
| 6083 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 6084 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 6085 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; |
| 6086 | } |
| 6087 | else |
| 6088 | { |
| 6089 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 6090 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); |
| 6091 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 6092 | { |
| 6093 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() != |
| 6094 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) |
| 6095 | { |
| 6096 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); |
| 6097 | } |
| 6098 | } |
| 6099 | } |
| 6100 | } |
| 6101 | } |
| 6102 | } |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 6105 | // |
| 6106 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6107 | { |
| 6108 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) |
| 6111 | { |
| 6112 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, |
| 6113 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 6114 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 6115 | event ) ) |
| 6116 | { |
| 6117 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing |
| 6118 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): |
| 6119 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; |
| 6120 | } |
| 6121 | } |
| 6122 | } |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 6125 | // |
| 6126 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 6127 | { |
| 6128 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 6129 | { |
| 6130 | if (m_winCapture) |
| 6131 | { |
| 6132 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) |
| 6133 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 6134 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 6135 | } |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) |
| 6138 | { |
| 6139 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6140 | EnableCellEditControl(); |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); |
| 6143 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); |
| 6144 | editor->StartingClick(); |
| 6145 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6146 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; |
| 6149 | } |
| 6150 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 6151 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6152 | { |
| 6153 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 6154 | { |
| 6155 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), |
| 6156 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), |
| 6157 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), |
| 6158 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), |
| 6159 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 6160 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 6161 | event.AltDown(), |
| 6162 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 6163 | } |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 6166 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for |
| 6169 | // drag-shrinking. |
| 6170 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 6171 | } |
| 6172 | } |
| 6173 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 6174 | { |
| 6175 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 6176 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 6179 | // default processing in this case |
| 6180 | // |
| 6181 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); |
| 6182 | } |
| 6183 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) |
| 6184 | { |
| 6185 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 6186 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 6189 | // default processing in this case |
| 6190 | // |
| 6191 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); |
| 6192 | } |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 6195 | } |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 6198 | // |
| 6199 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6200 | { |
| 6201 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6202 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, |
| 6203 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 6204 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 6205 | event ) ) |
| 6206 | { |
| 6207 | // no default action at the moment |
| 6208 | } |
| 6209 | } |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 6212 | // |
| 6213 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6214 | { |
| 6215 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6216 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, |
| 6217 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 6218 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 6219 | event ) ) |
| 6220 | { |
| 6221 | // no default action at the moment |
| 6222 | } |
| 6223 | } |
| 6224 | |
| 6225 | // ------------ Moving and no button action |
| 6226 | // |
| 6227 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) |
| 6228 | { |
| 6229 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) |
| 6230 | { |
| 6231 | // out of grid cell area |
| 6232 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 6233 | return; |
| 6234 | } |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); |
| 6237 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both |
| 6240 | // directions is not implemented yet... |
| 6241 | // |
| 6242 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) |
| 6243 | { |
| 6244 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 6245 | return; |
| 6246 | } |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) |
| 6249 | { |
| 6250 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; |
| 6251 | |
| 6252 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 6253 | { |
| 6254 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) |
| 6255 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); |
| 6256 | } |
| 6257 | } |
| 6258 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 ) |
| 6259 | { |
| 6260 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 6263 | { |
| 6264 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) |
| 6265 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); |
| 6266 | } |
| 6267 | } |
| 6268 | else // Neither on a row or col edge |
| 6269 | { |
| 6270 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 6271 | { |
| 6272 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 6273 | } |
| 6274 | } |
| 6275 | } |
| 6276 | } |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() |
| 6279 | { |
| 6280 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 6281 | { |
| 6282 | // erase the last line and resize the row |
| 6283 | // |
| 6284 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; |
| 6285 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6286 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 6289 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 6290 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); |
| 6291 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos ); |
| 6292 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 6293 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); |
| 6296 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, |
| 6297 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) ); |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6300 | { |
| 6301 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: |
| 6302 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); |
| 6303 | rect.x = 0; |
| 6304 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); |
| 6305 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 6306 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; |
| 6307 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 6308 | rect.width = cw; |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it |
| 6311 | if (m_table) |
| 6312 | { |
| 6313 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0; |
| 6314 | int leftCol = XToCol(left); |
| 6315 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw); |
| 6316 | if (leftCol >= 0) |
| 6317 | { |
| 6318 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) |
| 6319 | { |
| 6320 | GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); |
| 6321 | if (cell_rows < subtract_rows) |
| 6322 | subtract_rows = cell_rows; |
| 6323 | } |
| 6324 | rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows); |
| 6325 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); |
| 6326 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; |
| 6327 | } |
| 6328 | } |
| 6329 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 6330 | } |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 6333 | } |
| 6334 | } |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() |
| 6338 | { |
| 6339 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 6340 | { |
| 6341 | // erase the last line and resize the col |
| 6342 | // |
| 6343 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; |
| 6344 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6345 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 6348 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 6349 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); |
| 6350 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); |
| 6351 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 6352 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); |
| 6355 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, |
| 6356 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, |
| 6357 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6360 | { |
| 6361 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: |
| 6362 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); |
| 6363 | rect.y = 0; |
| 6364 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); |
| 6365 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; |
| 6366 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 6367 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 6368 | rect.height = ch; |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it |
| 6371 | if (m_table) |
| 6372 | { |
| 6373 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0; |
| 6374 | int topRow = YToRow(top); |
| 6375 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw); |
| 6376 | if (topRow >= 0) |
| 6377 | { |
| 6378 | for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++) |
| 6379 | { |
| 6380 | GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); |
| 6381 | if (cell_cols < subtract_cols) |
| 6382 | subtract_cols = cell_cols; |
| 6383 | } |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 | rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols); |
| 6386 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); |
| 6387 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; |
| 6388 | } |
| 6389 | } |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 6392 | } |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 6395 | } |
| 6396 | } |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol() |
| 6399 | { |
| 6400 | //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag |
| 6401 | if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 ) |
| 6402 | { |
| 6403 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); //Do this to "unpress" the column |
| 6404 | return; |
| 6405 | } |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | int newPos; |
| 6408 | if ( m_moveToCol == -1 ) |
| 6409 | newPos = m_numCols - 1; |
| 6410 | else |
| 6411 | { |
| 6412 | newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol ); |
| 6413 | if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) ) |
| 6414 | newPos--; |
| 6415 | } |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos ); |
| 6418 | } |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 | void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos ) |
| 6421 | { |
| 6422 | if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) |
| 6423 | { |
| 6424 | m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols ); |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | int i; |
| 6427 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 6428 | { |
| 6429 | m_colAt.Add( i ); |
| 6430 | } |
| 6431 | } |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | int oldPos = GetColPos( colID ); |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | //Reshuffle the m_colAt array |
| 6436 | if ( newPos > oldPos ) |
| 6437 | { |
| 6438 | int i; |
| 6439 | for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ ) |
| 6440 | { |
| 6441 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1]; |
| 6442 | } |
| 6443 | } |
| 6444 | else |
| 6445 | { |
| 6446 | int i; |
| 6447 | for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- ) |
| 6448 | { |
| 6449 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1]; |
| 6450 | } |
| 6451 | } |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | m_colAt[newPos] = colID; |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | //Recalculate the column rights |
| 6456 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 6457 | { |
| 6458 | int colRight = 0; |
| 6459 | int colPos; |
| 6460 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 6461 | { |
| 6462 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; |
| 6465 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; |
| 6466 | } |
| 6467 | } |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6470 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 6471 | } |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) |
| 6476 | { |
| 6477 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) |
| 6478 | return; |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 | m_canDragColMove = enable; |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | if ( !m_canDragColMove ) |
| 6483 | { |
| 6484 | m_colAt.Clear(); |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | //Recalculate the column rights |
| 6487 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 6488 | { |
| 6489 | int colRight = 0; |
| 6490 | int colPos; |
| 6491 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 6492 | { |
| 6493 | colRight += m_colWidths[colPos]; |
| 6494 | m_colRights[colPos] = colRight; |
| 6495 | } |
| 6496 | } |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6499 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 6500 | } |
| 6501 | } |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 | // |
| 6505 | // ------ interaction with data model |
| 6506 | // |
| 6507 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) |
| 6508 | { |
| 6509 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) |
| 6510 | { |
| 6511 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: |
| 6512 | return GetModelValues(); |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: |
| 6515 | return SetModelValues(); |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: |
| 6518 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: |
| 6519 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: |
| 6520 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: |
| 6521 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: |
| 6522 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: |
| 6523 | return Redimension( msg ); |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | default: |
| 6526 | return false; |
| 6527 | } |
| 6528 | } |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class |
| 6531 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the |
| 6532 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but |
| 6533 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. |
| 6534 | // |
| 6535 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() |
| 6536 | { |
| 6537 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6538 | { |
| 6539 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 6540 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | m_table->Clear(); |
| 6543 | if (!GetBatchCount()) |
| 6544 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 6545 | } |
| 6546 | } |
| 6547 | |
| 6548 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 6549 | { |
| 6550 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 6553 | { |
| 6554 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 6555 | return false; |
| 6556 | } |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6559 | { |
| 6560 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 6561 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 6564 | return done; |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row |
| 6567 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 6568 | } |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | return false; |
| 6571 | } |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 6574 | { |
| 6575 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 6578 | { |
| 6579 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 6580 | return false; |
| 6581 | } |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6584 | { |
| 6585 | bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ); |
| 6586 | return done; |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row |
| 6589 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 6590 | } |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 | return false; |
| 6593 | } |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 6596 | { |
| 6597 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 6600 | { |
| 6601 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 6602 | return false; |
| 6603 | } |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6606 | { |
| 6607 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 6608 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 | bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 6611 | return done; |
| 6612 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row |
| 6613 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 6614 | } |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 | return false; |
| 6617 | } |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 6620 | { |
| 6621 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 6624 | { |
| 6625 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 6626 | return false; |
| 6627 | } |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6630 | { |
| 6631 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 6632 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 | bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 6635 | return done; |
| 6636 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col |
| 6637 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 6638 | } |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 | return false; |
| 6641 | } |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 6644 | { |
| 6645 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 6648 | { |
| 6649 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 6650 | return false; |
| 6651 | } |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6654 | { |
| 6655 | bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols ); |
| 6656 | return done; |
| 6657 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col |
| 6658 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 6659 | } |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 | return false; |
| 6662 | } |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 6665 | { |
| 6666 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 6669 | { |
| 6670 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 6671 | return false; |
| 6672 | } |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6675 | { |
| 6676 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 6677 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 6680 | return done; |
| 6681 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col |
| 6682 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 6683 | } |
| 6684 | |
| 6685 | return false; |
| 6686 | } |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | // |
| 6689 | // ----- event handlers |
| 6690 | // |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and |
| 6693 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() |
| 6694 | // |
| 6695 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, |
| 6696 | int row, int col, |
| 6697 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) |
| 6698 | { |
| 6699 | bool claimed, vetoed; |
| 6700 | |
| 6701 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) |
| 6702 | { |
| 6703 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 6706 | type, |
| 6707 | this, |
| 6708 | rowOrCol, |
| 6709 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), |
| 6710 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), |
| 6711 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), |
| 6712 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), |
| 6713 | mouseEv.AltDown(), |
| 6714 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 6717 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 6718 | } |
| 6719 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) |
| 6720 | { |
| 6721 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! |
| 6722 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 6723 | type, |
| 6724 | this, |
| 6725 | m_selectingTopLeft, |
| 6726 | m_selectingBottomRight, |
| 6727 | true, |
| 6728 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), |
| 6729 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), |
| 6730 | mouseEv.AltDown(), |
| 6731 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 6734 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 6735 | } |
| 6736 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || |
| 6737 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || |
| 6738 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || |
| 6739 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) |
| 6740 | { |
| 6741 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); |
| 6742 | |
| 6743 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) |
| 6744 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); |
| 6745 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) |
| 6746 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); |
| 6747 | |
| 6748 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 6749 | type, |
| 6750 | this, |
| 6751 | row, col, |
| 6752 | pos.x, |
| 6753 | pos.y, |
| 6754 | false, |
| 6755 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), |
| 6756 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), |
| 6757 | mouseEv.AltDown(), |
| 6758 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); |
| 6759 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 6760 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 6761 | } |
| 6762 | else |
| 6763 | { |
| 6764 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 6765 | type, |
| 6766 | this, |
| 6767 | row, col, |
| 6768 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), |
| 6769 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), |
| 6770 | false, |
| 6771 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), |
| 6772 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), |
| 6773 | mouseEv.AltDown(), |
| 6774 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); |
| 6775 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 6776 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 6777 | } |
| 6778 | |
| 6779 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first |
| 6780 | if (vetoed) |
| 6781 | return -1; |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; |
| 6784 | } |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result |
| 6787 | // of ProcessEvent(). |
| 6788 | // |
| 6789 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, |
| 6790 | int row, int col ) |
| 6791 | { |
| 6792 | bool claimed, vetoed; |
| 6793 | |
| 6794 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) |
| 6795 | { |
| 6796 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol ); |
| 6799 | |
| 6800 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 6801 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 6802 | } |
| 6803 | else |
| 6804 | { |
| 6805 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 6808 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 6809 | } |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first |
| 6812 | if (vetoed) |
| 6813 | return -1; |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; |
| 6816 | } |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 6819 | { |
| 6820 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW |
| 6821 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 6822 | } |
| 6823 | |
| 6824 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) |
| 6825 | { |
| 6826 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... |
| 6827 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. |
| 6828 | if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6829 | { |
| 6830 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: |
| 6831 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 | if (rect) |
| 6834 | { |
| 6835 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; |
| 6836 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; |
| 6837 | int x, y; |
| 6838 | |
| 6839 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. |
| 6840 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); |
| 6841 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); |
| 6842 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); |
| 6843 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; |
| 6846 | if (width_label > rectWidth) |
| 6847 | width_label = rectWidth; |
| 6848 | |
| 6849 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; |
| 6850 | if (height_label > rectHeight) |
| 6851 | height_label = rectHeight; |
| 6852 | |
| 6853 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) |
| 6854 | { |
| 6855 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 6856 | width_cell = rectWidth; |
| 6857 | } |
| 6858 | else |
| 6859 | { |
| 6860 | x = 0; |
| 6861 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); |
| 6862 | } |
| 6863 | |
| 6864 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) |
| 6865 | { |
| 6866 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; |
| 6867 | height_cell = rectHeight; |
| 6868 | } |
| 6869 | else |
| 6870 | { |
| 6871 | y = 0; |
| 6872 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); |
| 6873 | } |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. |
| 6876 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) |
| 6877 | { |
| 6878 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); |
| 6879 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 6880 | } |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. |
| 6883 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) |
| 6884 | { |
| 6885 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); |
| 6886 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 6887 | } |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. |
| 6890 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) |
| 6891 | { |
| 6892 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); |
| 6893 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 6894 | } |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. |
| 6897 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) |
| 6898 | { |
| 6899 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); |
| 6900 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 6901 | } |
| 6902 | } |
| 6903 | else |
| 6904 | { |
| 6905 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 6906 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 6907 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 6908 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 6909 | } |
| 6910 | } |
| 6911 | } |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
| 6914 | { |
| 6915 | if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done |
| 6916 | { |
| 6917 | // update our children window positions and scrollbars |
| 6918 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 6919 | } |
| 6920 | } |
| 6921 | |
| 6922 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 6923 | { |
| 6924 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) |
| 6925 | { |
| 6926 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... |
| 6927 | // |
| 6928 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); |
| 6929 | } |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed |
| 6934 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); |
| 6935 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); |
| 6936 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) |
| 6939 | { |
| 6940 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) |
| 6941 | { |
| 6942 | if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) |
| 6943 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; |
| 6944 | else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) |
| 6945 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; |
| 6946 | } |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | // try local handlers |
| 6949 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) |
| 6950 | { |
| 6951 | case WXK_UP: |
| 6952 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 6953 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6954 | else |
| 6955 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6956 | break; |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 | case WXK_DOWN: |
| 6959 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 6960 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6961 | else |
| 6962 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6963 | break; |
| 6964 | |
| 6965 | case WXK_LEFT: |
| 6966 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 6967 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6968 | else |
| 6969 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6970 | break; |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | case WXK_RIGHT: |
| 6973 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 6974 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6975 | else |
| 6976 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6977 | break; |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 | case WXK_RETURN: |
| 6980 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: |
| 6981 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 6982 | { |
| 6983 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return |
| 6984 | } |
| 6985 | else |
| 6986 | { |
| 6987 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) |
| 6988 | { |
| 6989 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 6990 | } |
| 6991 | else |
| 6992 | { |
| 6993 | // at the bottom of a column |
| 6994 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 6995 | } |
| 6996 | } |
| 6997 | break; |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 | case WXK_ESCAPE: |
| 7000 | ClearSelection(); |
| 7001 | break; |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 | case WXK_TAB: |
| 7004 | if (event.ShiftDown()) |
| 7005 | { |
| 7006 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) |
| 7007 | { |
| 7008 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); |
| 7009 | } |
| 7010 | else |
| 7011 | { |
| 7012 | // at left of grid |
| 7013 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 7014 | } |
| 7015 | } |
| 7016 | else |
| 7017 | { |
| 7018 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) |
| 7019 | { |
| 7020 | MoveCursorRight( false ); |
| 7021 | } |
| 7022 | else |
| 7023 | { |
| 7024 | // at right of grid |
| 7025 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 7026 | } |
| 7027 | } |
| 7028 | break; |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | case WXK_HOME: |
| 7031 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 7032 | { |
| 7033 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); |
| 7034 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 7035 | } |
| 7036 | else |
| 7037 | { |
| 7038 | event.Skip(); |
| 7039 | } |
| 7040 | break; |
| 7041 | |
| 7042 | case WXK_END: |
| 7043 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 7044 | { |
| 7045 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); |
| 7046 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); |
| 7047 | } |
| 7048 | else |
| 7049 | { |
| 7050 | event.Skip(); |
| 7051 | } |
| 7052 | break; |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
| 7055 | MovePageUp(); |
| 7056 | break; |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: |
| 7059 | MovePageDown(); |
| 7060 | break; |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | case WXK_SPACE: |
| 7063 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 7064 | { |
| 7065 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 7066 | { |
| 7067 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( |
| 7068 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 7069 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), |
| 7070 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 7071 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 7072 | event.AltDown(), |
| 7073 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 7074 | } |
| 7075 | break; |
| 7076 | } |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 | if ( !IsEditable() ) |
| 7079 | MoveCursorRight( false ); |
| 7080 | else |
| 7081 | event.Skip(); |
| 7082 | break; |
| 7083 | |
| 7084 | default: |
| 7085 | event.Skip(); |
| 7086 | break; |
| 7087 | } |
| 7088 | } |
| 7089 | |
| 7090 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; |
| 7091 | } |
| 7092 | |
| 7093 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 7094 | { |
| 7095 | // try local handlers |
| 7096 | // |
| 7097 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) |
| 7098 | { |
| 7099 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 7100 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 7101 | { |
| 7102 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 7103 | { |
| 7104 | m_selection->SelectBlock( |
| 7105 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), |
| 7106 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), |
| 7107 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), |
| 7108 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), |
| 7109 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 7110 | true, |
| 7111 | event.AltDown(), |
| 7112 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 7113 | } |
| 7114 | } |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 7117 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 7118 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 7119 | } |
| 7120 | } |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 7123 | { |
| 7124 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? |
| 7125 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) |
| 7126 | { |
| 7127 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key |
| 7128 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 7129 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 7130 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7131 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 7132 | |
| 7133 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for |
| 7134 | // other keys - ask the editor itself |
| 7135 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) |
| 7136 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 7137 | { |
| 7138 | // ensure cell is visble |
| 7139 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); |
| 7140 | EnableCellEditControl(); |
| 7141 | |
| 7142 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely |
| 7143 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the |
| 7144 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will |
| 7145 | // crash the app |
| 7146 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 7147 | editor->StartingKey(event); |
| 7148 | } |
| 7149 | else |
| 7150 | { |
| 7151 | event.Skip(); |
| 7152 | } |
| 7153 | |
| 7154 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 7155 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7156 | } |
| 7157 | else |
| 7158 | { |
| 7159 | event.Skip(); |
| 7160 | } |
| 7161 | } |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) |
| 7164 | { |
| 7165 | } |
| 7166 | |
| 7167 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 7168 | { |
| 7169 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) |
| 7170 | { |
| 7171 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing |
| 7172 | return; |
| 7173 | } |
| 7174 | |
| 7175 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 7176 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 7177 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 7178 | #endif |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 7181 | { |
| 7182 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 7183 | |
| 7184 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) |
| 7185 | { |
| 7186 | wxRect r; |
| 7187 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); |
| 7188 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 7189 | { |
| 7190 | r.x--; |
| 7191 | r.y--; |
| 7192 | r.width++; |
| 7193 | r.height++; |
| 7194 | } |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! |
| 7199 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; |
| 7200 | |
| 7201 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 7202 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); |
| 7203 | #else |
| 7204 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); |
| 7205 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); |
| 7206 | #endif |
| 7207 | } |
| 7208 | } |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); |
| 7213 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 7214 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); |
| 7215 | #endif |
| 7216 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7217 | } |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) |
| 7220 | { |
| 7221 | int temp; |
| 7222 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 7225 | { |
| 7226 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) |
| 7227 | { |
| 7228 | leftCol = 0; |
| 7229 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; |
| 7230 | } |
| 7231 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) |
| 7232 | { |
| 7233 | topRow = 0; |
| 7234 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; |
| 7235 | } |
| 7236 | } |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) |
| 7239 | { |
| 7240 | temp = topRow; |
| 7241 | topRow = bottomRow; |
| 7242 | bottomRow = temp; |
| 7243 | } |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) |
| 7246 | { |
| 7247 | temp = leftCol; |
| 7248 | leftCol = rightCol; |
| 7249 | rightCol = temp; |
| 7250 | } |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); |
| 7253 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area |
| 7256 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || |
| 7257 | m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 7258 | { |
| 7259 | wxRect rect; |
| 7260 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), |
| 7261 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); |
| 7262 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 7263 | } |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. |
| 7266 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || |
| 7267 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) |
| 7268 | { |
| 7269 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: |
| 7270 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the |
| 7271 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! |
| 7272 | wxRect rect[4]; |
| 7273 | bool need_refresh[4]; |
| 7274 | need_refresh[0] = |
| 7275 | need_refresh[1] = |
| 7276 | need_refresh[2] = |
| 7277 | need_refresh[3] = false; |
| 7278 | int i; |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 | // Store intermediate values |
| 7281 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); |
| 7282 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); |
| 7283 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); |
| 7284 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. |
| 7287 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) |
| 7288 | { |
| 7289 | temp = oldLeft; |
| 7290 | oldLeft = leftCol; |
| 7291 | leftCol = temp; |
| 7292 | } |
| 7293 | if (oldTop > topRow ) |
| 7294 | { |
| 7295 | temp = oldTop; |
| 7296 | oldTop = topRow; |
| 7297 | topRow = temp; |
| 7298 | } |
| 7299 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) |
| 7300 | { |
| 7301 | temp = oldRight; |
| 7302 | oldRight = rightCol; |
| 7303 | rightCol = temp; |
| 7304 | } |
| 7305 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) |
| 7306 | { |
| 7307 | temp = oldBottom; |
| 7308 | oldBottom = bottomRow; |
| 7309 | bottomRow = temp; |
| 7310 | } |
| 7311 | |
| 7312 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer |
| 7313 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one |
| 7314 | // is contained in the other. |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) |
| 7317 | { |
| 7318 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 7319 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. |
| 7320 | need_refresh[0] = true; |
| 7321 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 7322 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), |
| 7323 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); |
| 7324 | } |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) |
| 7327 | { |
| 7328 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 7329 | // area above the old or new selection. |
| 7330 | need_refresh[1] = true; |
| 7331 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 7332 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), |
| 7333 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); |
| 7334 | } |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) |
| 7337 | { |
| 7338 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 7339 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. |
| 7340 | need_refresh[2] = true; |
| 7341 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 7342 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), |
| 7343 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); |
| 7344 | } |
| 7345 | |
| 7346 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) |
| 7347 | { |
| 7348 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 7349 | // area below the old or new selection. |
| 7350 | need_refresh[3] = true; |
| 7351 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 7352 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), |
| 7353 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); |
| 7354 | } |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 | // various Refresh() calls |
| 7357 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
| 7358 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 7359 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); |
| 7360 | } |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 | // change selection |
| 7363 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; |
| 7364 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; |
| 7365 | } |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 | // |
| 7368 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) |
| 7369 | // |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() |
| 7372 | { |
| 7373 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. |
| 7374 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 | if ( m_table ) |
| 7377 | { |
| 7378 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid |
| 7379 | // |
| 7380 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 7381 | return true; |
| 7382 | } |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 | return false; |
| 7385 | } |
| 7386 | |
| 7387 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() |
| 7388 | { |
| 7389 | int row, col; |
| 7390 | |
| 7391 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. |
| 7392 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? |
| 7393 | // I think so ... |
| 7394 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | if ( m_table ) |
| 7397 | { |
| 7398 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 7399 | { |
| 7400 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 7401 | { |
| 7402 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); |
| 7403 | } |
| 7404 | } |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 | return true; |
| 7407 | } |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 | return false; |
| 7410 | } |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of |
| 7413 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by |
| 7414 | // CalcExposedCells) |
| 7415 | // |
| 7416 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) |
| 7417 | { |
| 7418 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) |
| 7419 | return; |
| 7420 | |
| 7421 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); |
| 7422 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 7423 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; |
| 7424 | |
| 7425 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 7426 | { |
| 7427 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); |
| 7428 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); |
| 7429 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 7430 | |
| 7431 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint |
| 7432 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) |
| 7433 | { |
| 7434 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); |
| 7435 | bool marked = false; |
| 7436 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) |
| 7437 | { |
| 7438 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) |
| 7439 | { |
| 7440 | marked = true; |
| 7441 | break; |
| 7442 | } |
| 7443 | } |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 | if (!marked) |
| 7446 | { |
| 7447 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); |
| 7448 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) |
| 7449 | { |
| 7450 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) |
| 7451 | { |
| 7452 | marked = true; |
| 7453 | break; |
| 7454 | } |
| 7455 | } |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 | if (!marked) |
| 7458 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); |
| 7459 | } |
| 7460 | |
| 7461 | // don't bother drawing this cell |
| 7462 | continue; |
| 7463 | } |
| 7464 | |
| 7465 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow |
| 7466 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) |
| 7467 | { |
| 7468 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) |
| 7469 | { |
| 7470 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint |
| 7471 | int left = col; |
| 7472 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) |
| 7473 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && |
| 7474 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) |
| 7475 | { |
| 7476 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); |
| 7477 | } |
| 7478 | |
| 7479 | if (left == col) |
| 7480 | left = 0; // oh well |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) |
| 7483 | { |
| 7484 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) |
| 7485 | { |
| 7486 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) |
| 7487 | { |
| 7488 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); |
| 7489 | bool marked = false; |
| 7490 | |
| 7491 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) |
| 7492 | { |
| 7493 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) |
| 7494 | { |
| 7495 | marked = true; |
| 7496 | break; |
| 7497 | } |
| 7498 | } |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | if (!marked) |
| 7501 | { |
| 7502 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); |
| 7503 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) |
| 7504 | { |
| 7505 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) |
| 7506 | { |
| 7507 | marked = true; |
| 7508 | break; |
| 7509 | } |
| 7510 | } |
| 7511 | if (!marked) |
| 7512 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); |
| 7513 | } |
| 7514 | } |
| 7515 | break; |
| 7516 | } |
| 7517 | } |
| 7518 | } |
| 7519 | } |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); |
| 7522 | } |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); |
| 7525 | |
| 7526 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 7527 | { |
| 7528 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); |
| 7529 | } |
| 7530 | } |
| 7531 | |
| 7532 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) |
| 7533 | { |
| 7534 | int cw, ch; |
| 7535 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 7536 | |
| 7537 | int right, bottom; |
| 7538 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; |
| 7541 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) |
| 7544 | { |
| 7545 | int left, top; |
| 7546 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 7547 | |
| 7548 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); |
| 7549 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); |
| 7550 | |
| 7551 | if ( right > rightCol ) |
| 7552 | { |
| 7553 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); |
| 7554 | } |
| 7555 | |
| 7556 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) |
| 7557 | { |
| 7558 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); |
| 7559 | } |
| 7560 | } |
| 7561 | } |
| 7562 | |
| 7563 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 7564 | { |
| 7565 | int row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 7566 | int col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 7567 | |
| 7568 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 7569 | return; |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | // we draw the cell border ourselves |
| 7572 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES |
| 7573 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 7574 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); |
| 7575 | #endif |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; |
| 7580 | |
| 7581 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); |
| 7582 | |
| 7583 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer |
| 7584 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! |
| 7585 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 7586 | { |
| 7587 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the |
| 7588 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. |
| 7589 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered |
| 7590 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. |
| 7591 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 7592 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 7593 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); |
| 7594 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 7595 | #endif |
| 7596 | } |
| 7597 | else |
| 7598 | { |
| 7599 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized |
| 7600 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 7601 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); |
| 7602 | renderer->DecRef(); |
| 7603 | } |
| 7604 | |
| 7605 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7606 | } |
| 7607 | |
| 7608 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) |
| 7609 | { |
| 7610 | // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus |
| 7611 | if ( !HasFocus() ) |
| 7612 | return; |
| 7613 | |
| 7614 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 7615 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 7616 | |
| 7617 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 7618 | return; |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? |
| 7623 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but |
| 7624 | // it doesn't look really good |
| 7625 | |
| 7626 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | if (penWidth > 0) |
| 7629 | { |
| 7630 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of |
| 7631 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the |
| 7632 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of |
| 7633 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then |
| 7634 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. |
| 7635 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; |
| 7636 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; |
| 7637 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; |
| 7638 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; |
| 7639 | |
| 7640 | // Now draw the rectangle |
| 7641 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this |
| 7642 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. |
| 7643 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); |
| 7644 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); |
| 7645 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 7646 | } |
| 7647 | |
| 7648 | #if 0 |
| 7649 | // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders... |
| 7650 | |
| 7651 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? |
| 7652 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, |
| 7653 | y1 = rect.y, |
| 7654 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1, |
| 7655 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1; |
| 7656 | |
| 7657 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); |
| 7658 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); |
| 7659 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); |
| 7662 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2); |
| 7663 | |
| 7664 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); |
| 7665 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); |
| 7666 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1); |
| 7667 | #endif |
| 7668 | } |
| 7669 | |
| 7670 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() |
| 7671 | { |
| 7672 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID); |
| 7673 | } |
| 7674 | |
| 7675 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) |
| 7676 | { |
| 7677 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); |
| 7678 | } |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) |
| 7681 | { |
| 7682 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); |
| 7683 | } |
| 7684 | |
| 7685 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 7686 | { |
| 7687 | int row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 7688 | int col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 7689 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 7690 | return; |
| 7691 | |
| 7692 | |
| 7693 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 | // right hand border |
| 7696 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); |
| 7697 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, |
| 7698 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 | // bottom border |
| 7701 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); |
| 7702 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, |
| 7703 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); |
| 7704 | } |
| 7705 | |
| 7706 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) |
| 7707 | { |
| 7708 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't |
| 7709 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB |
| 7710 | // |
| 7711 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 7712 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) |
| 7713 | { |
| 7714 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); |
| 7715 | } |
| 7716 | |
| 7717 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 7718 | { |
| 7719 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown |
| 7720 | return; |
| 7721 | } |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it |
| 7724 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines |
| 7725 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); |
| 7726 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 7727 | { |
| 7728 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) |
| 7729 | { |
| 7730 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 7731 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); |
| 7732 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 | break; |
| 7735 | } |
| 7736 | } |
| 7737 | } |
| 7738 | |
| 7739 | // TODO: remove this ??? |
| 7740 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour |
| 7741 | // has been changed |
| 7742 | // |
| 7743 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) |
| 7744 | { |
| 7745 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES |
| 7746 | return; |
| 7747 | #endif |
| 7748 | |
| 7749 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) |
| 7750 | return; |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | int top, bottom, left, right; |
| 7753 | |
| 7754 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ |
| 7755 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) |
| 7756 | { |
| 7757 | int cw, ch; |
| 7758 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); |
| 7759 | |
| 7760 | // virtual coords of visible area |
| 7761 | // |
| 7762 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 7763 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 7764 | } |
| 7765 | else |
| 7766 | { |
| 7767 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; |
| 7768 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); |
| 7769 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); |
| 7770 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); |
| 7771 | } |
| 7772 | #else |
| 7773 | int cw, ch; |
| 7774 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); |
| 7775 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 7776 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 7777 | #endif |
| 7778 | |
| 7779 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col |
| 7780 | // |
| 7781 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) ); |
| 7782 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out |
| 7785 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); |
| 7786 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); |
| 7787 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); |
| 7788 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); |
| 7791 | |
| 7792 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 7793 | wxRect rect; |
| 7794 | |
| 7795 | for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++) |
| 7796 | { |
| 7797 | int colPos; |
| 7798 | for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++) |
| 7799 | { |
| 7800 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 7801 | |
| 7802 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 7803 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) |
| 7804 | { |
| 7805 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); |
| 7806 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 7807 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); |
| 7808 | } |
| 7809 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) |
| 7810 | { |
| 7811 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); |
| 7812 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 7813 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); |
| 7814 | } |
| 7815 | } |
| 7816 | } |
| 7817 | |
| 7818 | dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells ); |
| 7819 | |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | // horizontal grid lines |
| 7822 | // |
| 7823 | // already declared above - int i; |
| 7824 | for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 7825 | { |
| 7826 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 | if ( bot > bottom ) |
| 7829 | { |
| 7830 | break; |
| 7831 | } |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 | if ( bot >= top ) |
| 7834 | { |
| 7835 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); |
| 7836 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); |
| 7837 | } |
| 7838 | } |
| 7839 | |
| 7840 | // vertical grid lines |
| 7841 | // |
| 7842 | int colPos; |
| 7843 | for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 7844 | { |
| 7845 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 7846 | |
| 7847 | int colRight = GetColRight(i); |
| 7848 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ |
| 7849 | if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) |
| 7850 | #endif |
| 7851 | colRight--; |
| 7852 | |
| 7853 | if ( colRight > right ) |
| 7854 | { |
| 7855 | break; |
| 7856 | } |
| 7857 | |
| 7858 | if ( colRight >= left ) |
| 7859 | { |
| 7860 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); |
| 7861 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); |
| 7862 | } |
| 7863 | } |
| 7864 | |
| 7865 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); |
| 7866 | } |
| 7867 | |
| 7868 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) |
| 7869 | { |
| 7870 | if ( !m_numRows ) |
| 7871 | return; |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 | size_t i; |
| 7874 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); |
| 7875 | |
| 7876 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) |
| 7877 | { |
| 7878 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); |
| 7879 | } |
| 7880 | } |
| 7881 | |
| 7882 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) |
| 7883 | { |
| 7884 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) |
| 7885 | return; |
| 7886 | |
| 7887 | wxRect rect; |
| 7888 | |
| 7889 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), |
| 7890 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); |
| 7893 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); |
| 7894 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); |
| 7895 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); |
| 7898 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); |
| 7899 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); |
| 7902 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); |
| 7903 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 7904 | |
| 7905 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 7906 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); |
| 7907 | |
| 7908 | rect.SetX( 2 ); |
| 7909 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); |
| 7910 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); |
| 7911 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); |
| 7912 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); |
| 7913 | } |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 | void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) |
| 7916 | { |
| 7917 | m_nativeColumnLabels = native; |
| 7918 | if (native) |
| 7919 | { |
| 7920 | int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); |
| 7921 | SetColLabelSize( height ); |
| 7922 | } |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7925 | } |
| 7926 | |
| 7927 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) |
| 7928 | { |
| 7929 | if ( !m_numCols ) |
| 7930 | return; |
| 7931 | |
| 7932 | size_t i; |
| 7933 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); |
| 7934 | |
| 7935 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) |
| 7936 | { |
| 7937 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); |
| 7938 | } |
| 7939 | } |
| 7940 | |
| 7941 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) |
| 7942 | { |
| 7943 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) |
| 7944 | return; |
| 7945 | |
| 7946 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); |
| 7947 | |
| 7948 | wxRect rect; |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | if (m_nativeColumnLabels) |
| 7951 | { |
| 7952 | rect.SetX( colLeft); |
| 7953 | rect.SetY( 0 ); |
| 7954 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col)); |
| 7955 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight ); |
| 7956 | |
| 7957 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; |
| 7958 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 ); |
| 7959 | } |
| 7960 | else |
| 7961 | { |
| 7962 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; |
| 7963 | |
| 7964 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); |
| 7965 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); |
| 7966 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); |
| 7967 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, |
| 7968 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); |
| 7969 | |
| 7970 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); |
| 7971 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); |
| 7972 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); |
| 7973 | } |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); |
| 7976 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); |
| 7977 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 7978 | |
| 7979 | int hAlign, vAlign, orient; |
| 7980 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); |
| 7981 | orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); |
| 7982 | |
| 7983 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); |
| 7984 | rect.SetY( 2 ); |
| 7985 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); |
| 7986 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); |
| 7987 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient ); |
| 7988 | } |
| 7989 | |
| 7990 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, |
| 7991 | const wxString& value, |
| 7992 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 7993 | int horizAlign, |
| 7994 | int vertAlign, |
| 7995 | int textOrientation ) |
| 7996 | { |
| 7997 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 7998 | |
| 7999 | StringToLines( value, lines ); |
| 8000 | |
| 8001 | // Forward to new API. |
| 8002 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, |
| 8003 | lines, |
| 8004 | rect, |
| 8005 | horizAlign, |
| 8006 | vertAlign, |
| 8007 | textOrientation ); |
| 8008 | } |
| 8009 | |
| 8010 | // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to |
| 8011 | // add textOrientation support |
| 8012 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, |
| 8013 | const wxArrayString& lines, |
| 8014 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 8015 | int horizAlign, |
| 8016 | int vertAlign, |
| 8017 | int textOrientation) |
| 8018 | { |
| 8019 | if ( lines.empty() ) |
| 8020 | return; |
| 8021 | |
| 8022 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 | long textWidth, |
| 8025 | textHeight; |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8028 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); |
| 8029 | else |
| 8030 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | int x = 0, |
| 8033 | y = 0; |
| 8034 | switch ( vertAlign ) |
| 8035 | { |
| 8036 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: |
| 8037 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8038 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); |
| 8039 | else |
| 8040 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; |
| 8041 | break; |
| 8042 | |
| 8043 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: |
| 8044 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8045 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); |
| 8046 | else |
| 8047 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); |
| 8048 | break; |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 | case wxALIGN_TOP: |
| 8051 | default: |
| 8052 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8053 | y = rect.y + 1; |
| 8054 | else |
| 8055 | x = rect.x + 1; |
| 8056 | break; |
| 8057 | } |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | // Align each line of a multi-line label |
| 8060 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); |
| 8061 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) |
| 8062 | { |
| 8063 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | if ( line.empty() ) |
| 8066 | { |
| 8067 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); |
| 8068 | continue; |
| 8069 | } |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | wxCoord lineWidth = 0, |
| 8072 | lineHeight = 0; |
| 8073 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); |
| 8074 | |
| 8075 | switch ( horizAlign ) |
| 8076 | { |
| 8077 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: |
| 8078 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8079 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); |
| 8080 | else |
| 8081 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; |
| 8082 | break; |
| 8083 | |
| 8084 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: |
| 8085 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8086 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); |
| 8087 | else |
| 8088 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); |
| 8089 | break; |
| 8090 | |
| 8091 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: |
| 8092 | default: |
| 8093 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8094 | x = rect.x + 1; |
| 8095 | else |
| 8096 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; |
| 8097 | break; |
| 8098 | } |
| 8099 | |
| 8100 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 8101 | { |
| 8102 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); |
| 8103 | y += lineHeight; |
| 8104 | } |
| 8105 | else |
| 8106 | { |
| 8107 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); |
| 8108 | x += lineHeight; |
| 8109 | } |
| 8110 | } |
| 8111 | } |
| 8112 | |
| 8113 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. |
| 8114 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. |
| 8115 | // |
| 8116 | // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here |
| 8117 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const |
| 8118 | { |
| 8119 | int startPos = 0; |
| 8120 | int pos; |
| 8121 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); |
| 8122 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); |
| 8123 | |
| 8124 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) |
| 8125 | { |
| 8126 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); |
| 8127 | if ( pos < 0 ) |
| 8128 | { |
| 8129 | break; |
| 8130 | } |
| 8131 | else if ( pos == 0 ) |
| 8132 | { |
| 8133 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); |
| 8134 | } |
| 8135 | else |
| 8136 | { |
| 8137 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); |
| 8138 | } |
| 8139 | |
| 8140 | startPos += pos + 1; |
| 8141 | } |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 | if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) |
| 8144 | { |
| 8145 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); |
| 8146 | } |
| 8147 | } |
| 8148 | |
| 8149 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, |
| 8150 | const wxArrayString& lines, |
| 8151 | long *width, long *height ) const |
| 8152 | { |
| 8153 | wxCoord w = 0; |
| 8154 | wxCoord h = 0; |
| 8155 | wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 | size_t i; |
| 8158 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) |
| 8159 | { |
| 8160 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); |
| 8161 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); |
| 8162 | h += lineH; |
| 8163 | } |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 | *width = w; |
| 8166 | *height = h; |
| 8167 | } |
| 8168 | |
| 8169 | // |
| 8170 | // ------ Batch processing. |
| 8171 | // |
| 8172 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() |
| 8173 | { |
| 8174 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) |
| 8175 | { |
| 8176 | m_batchCount--; |
| 8177 | if ( !m_batchCount ) |
| 8178 | { |
| 8179 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 8180 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 8181 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 8182 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 8183 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 8184 | } |
| 8185 | } |
| 8186 | } |
| 8187 | |
| 8188 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate |
| 8189 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a |
| 8190 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. |
| 8191 | // |
| 8192 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() |
| 8193 | { |
| 8194 | BeginBatch(); |
| 8195 | EndBatch(); |
| 8196 | } |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) |
| 8199 | { |
| 8200 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) |
| 8201 | return false; |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 | // redraw in the new state |
| 8204 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 8205 | |
| 8206 | return true; |
| 8207 | } |
| 8208 | |
| 8209 | // |
| 8210 | // ------ Edit control functions |
| 8211 | // |
| 8212 | |
| 8213 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) |
| 8214 | { |
| 8215 | // TODO: improve this ? |
| 8216 | // |
| 8217 | if ( edit != m_editable ) |
| 8218 | { |
| 8219 | if (!edit) |
| 8220 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); |
| 8221 | m_editable = edit; |
| 8222 | } |
| 8223 | } |
| 8224 | |
| 8225 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) |
| 8226 | { |
| 8227 | if (! m_editable) |
| 8228 | return; |
| 8229 | |
| 8230 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 8231 | { |
| 8232 | if ( enable ) |
| 8233 | { |
| 8234 | if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0) |
| 8235 | return; |
| 8236 | |
| 8237 | // this should be checked by the caller! |
| 8238 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); |
| 8239 | |
| 8240 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() |
| 8241 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; |
| 8242 | |
| 8243 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 8244 | } |
| 8245 | else |
| 8246 | { |
| 8247 | //FIXME:add veto support |
| 8248 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN ); |
| 8249 | |
| 8250 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 8251 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 8252 | |
| 8253 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() |
| 8254 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; |
| 8255 | } |
| 8256 | } |
| 8257 | } |
| 8258 | |
| 8259 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const |
| 8260 | { |
| 8261 | // const_cast |
| 8262 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 8263 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); |
| 8264 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 | return readonly; |
| 8267 | } |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const |
| 8270 | { |
| 8271 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && |
| 8272 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); |
| 8273 | } |
| 8274 | |
| 8275 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const |
| 8276 | { |
| 8277 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the |
| 8278 | // current one if it's read only |
| 8279 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; |
| 8280 | } |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const |
| 8283 | { |
| 8284 | bool isShown = false; |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 8287 | { |
| 8288 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 8289 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 8290 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 8291 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); |
| 8292 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 8293 | |
| 8294 | if ( editor ) |
| 8295 | { |
| 8296 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) |
| 8297 | { |
| 8298 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); |
| 8299 | } |
| 8300 | |
| 8301 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 8302 | } |
| 8303 | } |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | return isShown; |
| 8306 | } |
| 8307 | |
| 8308 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() |
| 8309 | { |
| 8310 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 8311 | { |
| 8312 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) |
| 8313 | { |
| 8314 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; |
| 8315 | return; |
| 8316 | } |
| 8317 | else |
| 8318 | { |
| 8319 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); |
| 8320 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 8321 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 8322 | |
| 8323 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) |
| 8324 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 8325 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 8326 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) |
| 8327 | { |
| 8328 | row += cell_rows; |
| 8329 | col += cell_cols; |
| 8330 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); |
| 8331 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); |
| 8332 | } |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor |
| 8335 | // might not cover the entire cell |
| 8336 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 8337 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 8338 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 8339 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); |
| 8340 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); |
| 8341 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 | // convert to scrolled coords |
| 8344 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 | int nXMove = 0; |
| 8347 | if (rect.x < 0) |
| 8348 | nXMove = rect.x; |
| 8349 | |
| 8350 | // cell is shifted by one pixel |
| 8351 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative |
| 8352 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as |
| 8353 | // "don't change." |
| 8354 | if (rect.x > 0) |
| 8355 | rect.x--; |
| 8356 | if (rect.y > 0) |
| 8357 | rect.y--; |
| 8358 | |
| 8359 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 8360 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) |
| 8361 | { |
| 8362 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, |
| 8363 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); |
| 8364 | |
| 8365 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), |
| 8366 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, |
| 8367 | this, |
| 8368 | row, |
| 8369 | col, |
| 8370 | editor->GetControl()); |
| 8371 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); |
| 8372 | } |
| 8373 | |
| 8374 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed |
| 8375 | int maxWidth = rect.width; |
| 8376 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); |
| 8377 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) |
| 8378 | { |
| 8379 | int y; |
| 8380 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); |
| 8381 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) |
| 8382 | maxWidth = rect.width; |
| 8383 | } |
| 8384 | |
| 8385 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); |
| 8386 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) |
| 8387 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; |
| 8388 | |
| 8389 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) |
| 8390 | { |
| 8391 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 8392 | // may have changed earlier |
| 8393 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) |
| 8394 | { |
| 8395 | int c_rows, c_cols; |
| 8396 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); |
| 8397 | |
| 8398 | // looks weird going over a multicell |
| 8399 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && |
| 8400 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) |
| 8401 | { |
| 8402 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); |
| 8403 | } |
| 8404 | else |
| 8405 | break; |
| 8406 | } |
| 8407 | |
| 8408 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) |
| 8409 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); |
| 8410 | } |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); |
| 8413 | editor->SetSize( rect ); |
| 8414 | if (nXMove != 0) |
| 8415 | editor->GetControl()->Move( |
| 8416 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, |
| 8417 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); |
| 8418 | editor->Show( true, attr ); |
| 8419 | |
| 8420 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to |
| 8421 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor |
| 8422 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); |
| 8425 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); |
| 8426 | |
| 8427 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 8428 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 8429 | } |
| 8430 | } |
| 8431 | } |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() |
| 8434 | { |
| 8435 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 8436 | { |
| 8437 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 8438 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 8439 | |
| 8440 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 8441 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 8442 | editor->Show( false ); |
| 8443 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 8444 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 8445 | |
| 8446 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); |
| 8447 | |
| 8448 | // refresh whole row to the right |
| 8449 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); |
| 8450 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 8451 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; |
| 8452 | |
| 8453 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ |
| 8454 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well |
| 8455 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); |
| 8456 | #endif |
| 8457 | |
| 8458 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 8459 | } |
| 8460 | } |
| 8461 | |
| 8462 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() |
| 8463 | { |
| 8464 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 8465 | { |
| 8466 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 8467 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 8468 | |
| 8469 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); |
| 8470 | |
| 8471 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 8472 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 8473 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); |
| 8474 | |
| 8475 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 8476 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 | if (changed) |
| 8479 | { |
| 8480 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, |
| 8481 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 8482 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) |
| 8483 | { |
| 8484 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. |
| 8485 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); |
| 8486 | } |
| 8487 | } |
| 8488 | } |
| 8489 | } |
| 8490 | |
| 8491 | // |
| 8492 | // ------ Grid location functions |
| 8493 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of |
| 8494 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device |
| 8495 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. |
| 8496 | // |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const |
| 8499 | { |
| 8500 | int row = YToRow(y); |
| 8501 | int col = XToCol(x); |
| 8502 | |
| 8503 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) |
| 8504 | { |
| 8505 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 8506 | } |
| 8507 | else |
| 8508 | { |
| 8509 | coords.Set( row, col ); |
| 8510 | } |
| 8511 | } |
| 8512 | |
| 8513 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some |
| 8514 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either |
| 8515 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array |
| 8516 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! |
| 8517 | |
| 8518 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, |
| 8519 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, |
| 8520 | bool clipToMinMax) |
| 8521 | { |
| 8522 | if (coord < 0) |
| 8523 | return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1; |
| 8524 | |
| 8525 | if (!defaultDist) |
| 8526 | defaultDist = 1; |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 | size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist, |
| 8529 | i_min = 0; |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 | if (BorderArray.IsEmpty()) |
| 8532 | { |
| 8533 | if ((int) i_max < nMax) |
| 8534 | return i_max; |
| 8535 | return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1; |
| 8536 | } |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) |
| 8539 | { |
| 8540 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; |
| 8541 | } |
| 8542 | else |
| 8543 | { |
| 8544 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) |
| 8545 | { |
| 8546 | i_min = i_max; |
| 8547 | if (minDist) |
| 8548 | i_max = coord / minDist; |
| 8549 | else |
| 8550 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; |
| 8551 | } |
| 8552 | |
| 8553 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) |
| 8554 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; |
| 8555 | } |
| 8556 | |
| 8557 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) |
| 8558 | return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1; |
| 8559 | if ( coord < BorderArray[0] ) |
| 8560 | return 0; |
| 8561 | |
| 8562 | while ( i_max - i_min > 0 ) |
| 8563 | { |
| 8564 | wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max], |
| 8565 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol")); |
| 8566 | if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1]) |
| 8567 | return i_max; |
| 8568 | else |
| 8569 | i_max--; |
| 8570 | int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2; |
| 8571 | if (coord < BorderArray[median]) |
| 8572 | i_max = median; |
| 8573 | else |
| 8574 | i_min = median; |
| 8575 | } |
| 8576 | |
| 8577 | return i_max; |
| 8578 | } |
| 8579 | |
| 8580 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const |
| 8581 | { |
| 8582 | return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, |
| 8583 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false); |
| 8584 | } |
| 8585 | |
| 8586 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const |
| 8587 | { |
| 8588 | if (x < 0) |
| 8589 | return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1; |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero")); |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 | int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth; |
| 8594 | int minPos = 0; |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 | if (m_colRights.IsEmpty()) |
| 8597 | { |
| 8598 | if(maxPos < m_numCols) |
| 8599 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); |
| 8600 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1; |
| 8601 | } |
| 8602 | |
| 8603 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) |
| 8604 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; |
| 8605 | else |
| 8606 | { |
| 8607 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) |
| 8608 | { |
| 8609 | minPos = maxPos; |
| 8610 | if (m_minAcceptableColWidth) |
| 8611 | maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth; |
| 8612 | else |
| 8613 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; |
| 8614 | } |
| 8615 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) |
| 8616 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; |
| 8617 | } |
| 8618 | |
| 8619 | //X is beyond the last column |
| 8620 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) |
| 8621 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1; |
| 8622 | |
| 8623 | //X is before the first column |
| 8624 | if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] ) |
| 8625 | return GetColAt( 0 ); |
| 8626 | |
| 8627 | //Perform a binary search |
| 8628 | while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 ) |
| 8629 | { |
| 8630 | wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )], |
| 8631 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol")); |
| 8632 | |
| 8633 | if (x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )]) |
| 8634 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); |
| 8635 | else |
| 8636 | maxPos--; |
| 8637 | int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; |
| 8638 | if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )]) |
| 8639 | maxPos = median; |
| 8640 | else |
| 8641 | minPos = median; |
| 8642 | } |
| 8643 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); |
| 8644 | } |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near |
| 8647 | // the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge. |
| 8648 | // coords can only possibly be near an edge if |
| 8649 | // (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area |
| 8650 | // that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller |
| 8651 | // than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be |
| 8652 | // near the edge). |
| 8653 | // and |
| 8654 | // (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is |
| 8655 | // relevant at all) is enabled. |
| 8656 | // |
| 8657 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const |
| 8658 | { |
| 8659 | int i; |
| 8660 | i = internalYToRow(y); |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() ) |
| 8663 | { |
| 8664 | // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are |
| 8665 | // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively. |
| 8666 | if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 8667 | return i; |
| 8668 | else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 8669 | return i - 1; |
| 8670 | } |
| 8671 | |
| 8672 | return -1; |
| 8673 | } |
| 8674 | |
| 8675 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or |
| 8676 | // -1 if not near an edge |
| 8677 | // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection. |
| 8678 | // |
| 8679 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const |
| 8680 | { |
| 8681 | int i; |
| 8682 | i = internalXToCol(x); |
| 8683 | |
| 8684 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() ) |
| 8685 | { |
| 8686 | // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are |
| 8687 | // close enough to right or left border, respectively. |
| 8688 | if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 8689 | return i; |
| 8690 | else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 8691 | return i - 1; |
| 8692 | } |
| 8693 | |
| 8694 | return -1; |
| 8695 | } |
| 8696 | |
| 8697 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const |
| 8698 | { |
| 8699 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && |
| 8702 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) |
| 8703 | { |
| 8704 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 8705 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; |
| 8706 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 8707 | // if negative then find multicell owner |
| 8708 | if (cell_rows < 0) |
| 8709 | row += cell_rows; |
| 8710 | if (cell_cols < 0) |
| 8711 | col += cell_cols; |
| 8712 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 8713 | |
| 8714 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); |
| 8715 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); |
| 8716 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) |
| 8717 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); |
| 8718 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) |
| 8719 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); |
| 8720 | } |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller |
| 8723 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) |
| 8724 | { |
| 8725 | rect.width -= 1; |
| 8726 | rect.height -= 1; |
| 8727 | } |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 | return rect; |
| 8730 | } |
| 8731 | |
| 8732 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const |
| 8733 | { |
| 8734 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords |
| 8735 | // |
| 8736 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 | // convert to device coords |
| 8739 | // |
| 8740 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 8741 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 8742 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 8743 | |
| 8744 | // check against the client area of the grid window |
| 8745 | int cw, ch; |
| 8746 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 8747 | |
| 8748 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) |
| 8749 | { |
| 8750 | // is the cell wholly visible ? |
| 8751 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && |
| 8752 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); |
| 8753 | } |
| 8754 | else |
| 8755 | { |
| 8756 | // is the cell partly visible ? |
| 8757 | // |
| 8758 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && |
| 8759 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); |
| 8760 | } |
| 8761 | } |
| 8762 | |
| 8763 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount |
| 8764 | // of scrolling |
| 8765 | // |
| 8766 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) |
| 8767 | { |
| 8768 | int i; |
| 8769 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; |
| 8770 | |
| 8771 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && |
| 8772 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) |
| 8773 | { |
| 8774 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords |
| 8775 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 | // convert to device coords |
| 8778 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 8779 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 8780 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | int cw, ch; |
| 8783 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 8784 | |
| 8785 | if ( top < 0 ) |
| 8786 | { |
| 8787 | ypos = r.GetTop(); |
| 8788 | } |
| 8789 | else if ( bottom > ch ) |
| 8790 | { |
| 8791 | int h = r.GetHeight(); |
| 8792 | ypos = r.GetTop(); |
| 8793 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 8794 | { |
| 8795 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); |
| 8796 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) |
| 8797 | break; |
| 8798 | |
| 8799 | h += rowHeight; |
| 8800 | ypos -= rowHeight; |
| 8801 | } |
| 8802 | |
| 8803 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't |
| 8804 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, |
| 8805 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) |
| 8806 | // |
| 8807 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, |
| 8808 | // so just add a full scroll unit... |
| 8809 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; |
| 8810 | } |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! |
| 8813 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between |
| 8814 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! |
| 8815 | // if ( left < 0 ) |
| 8816 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) |
| 8817 | { |
| 8818 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); |
| 8819 | } |
| 8820 | else if ( right > cw ) |
| 8821 | { |
| 8822 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right |
| 8823 | int x0, y0; |
| 8824 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); |
| 8825 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | // see comment for ypos above |
| 8828 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; |
| 8829 | } |
| 8830 | |
| 8831 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) |
| 8832 | { |
| 8833 | if ( xpos != -1 ) |
| 8834 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; |
| 8835 | if ( ypos != -1 ) |
| 8836 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; |
| 8837 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); |
| 8838 | AdjustScrollbars(); |
| 8839 | } |
| 8840 | } |
| 8841 | } |
| 8842 | |
| 8843 | // |
| 8844 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions |
| 8845 | // |
| 8846 | |
| 8847 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) |
| 8848 | { |
| 8849 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 8850 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) |
| 8851 | { |
| 8852 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 8853 | { |
| 8854 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 8855 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 8856 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) |
| 8857 | { |
| 8858 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); |
| 8859 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 8860 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 8861 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 8862 | } |
| 8863 | } |
| 8864 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) |
| 8865 | { |
| 8866 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1; |
| 8867 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 8868 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8869 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 8870 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 8871 | } |
| 8872 | else |
| 8873 | return false; |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 | return true; |
| 8876 | } |
| 8877 | |
| 8878 | return false; |
| 8879 | } |
| 8880 | |
| 8881 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) |
| 8882 | { |
| 8883 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 8884 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) |
| 8885 | { |
| 8886 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 8887 | { |
| 8888 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 8889 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 8890 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) |
| 8891 | { |
| 8892 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); |
| 8893 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 8894 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 8895 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 8896 | } |
| 8897 | } |
| 8898 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) |
| 8899 | { |
| 8900 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1; |
| 8901 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 8902 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8903 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 8904 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 8905 | } |
| 8906 | else |
| 8907 | return false; |
| 8908 | |
| 8909 | return true; |
| 8910 | } |
| 8911 | |
| 8912 | return false; |
| 8913 | } |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) |
| 8916 | { |
| 8917 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 8918 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) |
| 8919 | { |
| 8920 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 8921 | { |
| 8922 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 8923 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 8924 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) |
| 8925 | { |
| 8926 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); |
| 8927 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 8928 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 8929 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 8930 | } |
| 8931 | } |
| 8932 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 ) |
| 8933 | { |
| 8934 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 8935 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 ); |
| 8936 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8937 | |
| 8938 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 8939 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 8940 | } |
| 8941 | else |
| 8942 | return false; |
| 8943 | |
| 8944 | return true; |
| 8945 | } |
| 8946 | |
| 8947 | return false; |
| 8948 | } |
| 8949 | |
| 8950 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) |
| 8951 | { |
| 8952 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 8953 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) |
| 8954 | { |
| 8955 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 8956 | { |
| 8957 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 8958 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 8959 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 8960 | { |
| 8961 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); |
| 8962 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 8963 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 8964 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 8965 | } |
| 8966 | } |
| 8967 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 8968 | { |
| 8969 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 8970 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 ); |
| 8971 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8972 | |
| 8973 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 8974 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 8975 | } |
| 8976 | else |
| 8977 | return false; |
| 8978 | |
| 8979 | return true; |
| 8980 | } |
| 8981 | |
| 8982 | return false; |
| 8983 | } |
| 8984 | |
| 8985 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() |
| 8986 | { |
| 8987 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 8988 | return false; |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 8991 | if ( row > 0 ) |
| 8992 | { |
| 8993 | int cw, ch; |
| 8994 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 8995 | |
| 8996 | int y = GetRowTop(row); |
| 8997 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 ); |
| 8998 | |
| 8999 | if ( newRow == row ) |
| 9000 | { |
| 9001 | // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here. |
| 9002 | newRow = row - 1; |
| 9003 | } |
| 9004 | |
| 9005 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 9006 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 9007 | |
| 9008 | return true; |
| 9009 | } |
| 9010 | |
| 9011 | return false; |
| 9012 | } |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() |
| 9015 | { |
| 9016 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 9017 | return false; |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 9020 | if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows ) |
| 9021 | { |
| 9022 | int cw, ch; |
| 9023 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 | int y = GetRowTop(row); |
| 9026 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch ); |
| 9027 | if ( newRow == row ) |
| 9028 | { |
| 9029 | // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here. |
| 9030 | newRow = row + 1; |
| 9031 | } |
| 9032 | |
| 9033 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 9034 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 9035 | |
| 9036 | return true; |
| 9037 | } |
| 9038 | |
| 9039 | return false; |
| 9040 | } |
| 9041 | |
| 9042 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 9043 | { |
| 9044 | if ( m_table && |
| 9045 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 9046 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) |
| 9047 | { |
| 9048 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 9049 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 9050 | |
| 9051 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9052 | { |
| 9053 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 9054 | // non-empty cells |
| 9055 | // |
| 9056 | while ( row > 0 ) |
| 9057 | { |
| 9058 | row--; |
| 9059 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9060 | break; |
| 9061 | } |
| 9062 | } |
| 9063 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) ) |
| 9064 | { |
| 9065 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block |
| 9066 | // |
| 9067 | row--; |
| 9068 | while ( row > 0 ) |
| 9069 | { |
| 9070 | row--; |
| 9071 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9072 | break; |
| 9073 | } |
| 9074 | } |
| 9075 | else |
| 9076 | { |
| 9077 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block |
| 9078 | // |
| 9079 | while ( row > 0 ) |
| 9080 | { |
| 9081 | row--; |
| 9082 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9083 | { |
| 9084 | row++; |
| 9085 | break; |
| 9086 | } |
| 9087 | } |
| 9088 | } |
| 9089 | |
| 9090 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 9091 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 9092 | { |
| 9093 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 9094 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 9095 | } |
| 9096 | else |
| 9097 | { |
| 9098 | ClearSelection(); |
| 9099 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 9100 | } |
| 9101 | |
| 9102 | return true; |
| 9103 | } |
| 9104 | |
| 9105 | return false; |
| 9106 | } |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 9109 | { |
| 9110 | if ( m_table && |
| 9111 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 9112 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) |
| 9113 | { |
| 9114 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 9115 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 9116 | |
| 9117 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9118 | { |
| 9119 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 9120 | // non-empty cells |
| 9121 | // |
| 9122 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) |
| 9123 | { |
| 9124 | row++; |
| 9125 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9126 | break; |
| 9127 | } |
| 9128 | } |
| 9129 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) ) |
| 9130 | { |
| 9131 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block |
| 9132 | // |
| 9133 | row++; |
| 9134 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) |
| 9135 | { |
| 9136 | row++; |
| 9137 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9138 | break; |
| 9139 | } |
| 9140 | } |
| 9141 | else |
| 9142 | { |
| 9143 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block |
| 9144 | // |
| 9145 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) |
| 9146 | { |
| 9147 | row++; |
| 9148 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9149 | { |
| 9150 | row--; |
| 9151 | break; |
| 9152 | } |
| 9153 | } |
| 9154 | } |
| 9155 | |
| 9156 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 9157 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 9158 | { |
| 9159 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 9160 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 9161 | } |
| 9162 | else |
| 9163 | { |
| 9164 | ClearSelection(); |
| 9165 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 9166 | } |
| 9167 | |
| 9168 | return true; |
| 9169 | } |
| 9170 | |
| 9171 | return false; |
| 9172 | } |
| 9173 | |
| 9174 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 9175 | { |
| 9176 | if ( m_table && |
| 9177 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 9178 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) |
| 9179 | { |
| 9180 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 9181 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9184 | { |
| 9185 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 9186 | // non-empty cells |
| 9187 | // |
| 9188 | while ( col > 0 ) |
| 9189 | { |
| 9190 | col--; |
| 9191 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9192 | break; |
| 9193 | } |
| 9194 | } |
| 9195 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) ) |
| 9196 | { |
| 9197 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block |
| 9198 | // |
| 9199 | col--; |
| 9200 | while ( col > 0 ) |
| 9201 | { |
| 9202 | col--; |
| 9203 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9204 | break; |
| 9205 | } |
| 9206 | } |
| 9207 | else |
| 9208 | { |
| 9209 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block |
| 9210 | // |
| 9211 | while ( col > 0 ) |
| 9212 | { |
| 9213 | col--; |
| 9214 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9215 | { |
| 9216 | col++; |
| 9217 | break; |
| 9218 | } |
| 9219 | } |
| 9220 | } |
| 9221 | |
| 9222 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 9223 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 9224 | { |
| 9225 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 9226 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 9227 | } |
| 9228 | else |
| 9229 | { |
| 9230 | ClearSelection(); |
| 9231 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 9232 | } |
| 9233 | |
| 9234 | return true; |
| 9235 | } |
| 9236 | |
| 9237 | return false; |
| 9238 | } |
| 9239 | |
| 9240 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 9241 | { |
| 9242 | if ( m_table && |
| 9243 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 9244 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 9245 | { |
| 9246 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 9247 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 9248 | |
| 9249 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9250 | { |
| 9251 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 9252 | // non-empty cells |
| 9253 | // |
| 9254 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 9255 | { |
| 9256 | col++; |
| 9257 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9258 | break; |
| 9259 | } |
| 9260 | } |
| 9261 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) ) |
| 9262 | { |
| 9263 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block |
| 9264 | // |
| 9265 | col++; |
| 9266 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 9267 | { |
| 9268 | col++; |
| 9269 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) |
| 9270 | break; |
| 9271 | } |
| 9272 | } |
| 9273 | else |
| 9274 | { |
| 9275 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block |
| 9276 | // |
| 9277 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 9278 | { |
| 9279 | col++; |
| 9280 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 9281 | { |
| 9282 | col--; |
| 9283 | break; |
| 9284 | } |
| 9285 | } |
| 9286 | } |
| 9287 | |
| 9288 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 9289 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 9290 | { |
| 9291 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 9292 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 9293 | } |
| 9294 | else |
| 9295 | { |
| 9296 | ClearSelection(); |
| 9297 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 9298 | } |
| 9299 | |
| 9300 | return true; |
| 9301 | } |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 | return false; |
| 9304 | } |
| 9305 | |
| 9306 | // |
| 9307 | // ------ Label values and formatting |
| 9308 | // |
| 9309 | |
| 9310 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 9311 | { |
| 9312 | if ( horiz ) |
| 9313 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; |
| 9314 | if ( vert ) |
| 9315 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; |
| 9316 | } |
| 9317 | |
| 9318 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 9319 | { |
| 9320 | if ( horiz ) |
| 9321 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; |
| 9322 | if ( vert ) |
| 9323 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; |
| 9324 | } |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const |
| 9327 | { |
| 9328 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; |
| 9329 | } |
| 9330 | |
| 9331 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const |
| 9332 | { |
| 9333 | if ( m_table ) |
| 9334 | { |
| 9335 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); |
| 9336 | } |
| 9337 | else |
| 9338 | { |
| 9339 | wxString s; |
| 9340 | s << row; |
| 9341 | return s; |
| 9342 | } |
| 9343 | } |
| 9344 | |
| 9345 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const |
| 9346 | { |
| 9347 | if ( m_table ) |
| 9348 | { |
| 9349 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); |
| 9350 | } |
| 9351 | else |
| 9352 | { |
| 9353 | wxString s; |
| 9354 | s << col; |
| 9355 | return s; |
| 9356 | } |
| 9357 | } |
| 9358 | |
| 9359 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) |
| 9360 | { |
| 9361 | wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); |
| 9362 | |
| 9363 | if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) |
| 9364 | { |
| 9365 | width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); |
| 9366 | } |
| 9367 | |
| 9368 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) |
| 9369 | { |
| 9370 | if ( width == 0 ) |
| 9371 | { |
| 9372 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); |
| 9373 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); |
| 9374 | } |
| 9375 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) |
| 9376 | { |
| 9377 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); |
| 9378 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) |
| 9379 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); |
| 9380 | } |
| 9381 | |
| 9382 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; |
| 9383 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 9384 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); |
| 9385 | } |
| 9386 | } |
| 9387 | |
| 9388 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) |
| 9389 | { |
| 9390 | wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); |
| 9391 | |
| 9392 | if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) |
| 9393 | { |
| 9394 | height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); |
| 9395 | } |
| 9396 | |
| 9397 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) |
| 9398 | { |
| 9399 | if ( height == 0 ) |
| 9400 | { |
| 9401 | m_colLabelWin->Show( false ); |
| 9402 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); |
| 9403 | } |
| 9404 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) |
| 9405 | { |
| 9406 | m_colLabelWin->Show( true ); |
| 9407 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) |
| 9408 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); |
| 9409 | } |
| 9410 | |
| 9411 | m_colLabelHeight = height; |
| 9412 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 9413 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); |
| 9414 | } |
| 9415 | } |
| 9416 | |
| 9417 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 9418 | { |
| 9419 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) |
| 9420 | { |
| 9421 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; |
| 9422 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 9423 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 9424 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 9425 | |
| 9426 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9427 | { |
| 9428 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9429 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9430 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9431 | } |
| 9432 | } |
| 9433 | } |
| 9434 | |
| 9435 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 9436 | { |
| 9437 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) |
| 9438 | { |
| 9439 | m_labelTextColour = colour; |
| 9440 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9441 | { |
| 9442 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9443 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9444 | } |
| 9445 | } |
| 9446 | } |
| 9447 | |
| 9448 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) |
| 9449 | { |
| 9450 | m_labelFont = font; |
| 9451 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9452 | { |
| 9453 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9454 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9455 | } |
| 9456 | } |
| 9457 | |
| 9458 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 9459 | { |
| 9460 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used |
| 9461 | switch ( horiz ) |
| 9462 | { |
| 9463 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; |
| 9464 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; |
| 9465 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 9466 | } |
| 9467 | |
| 9468 | switch ( vert ) |
| 9469 | { |
| 9470 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; |
| 9471 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; |
| 9472 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 9473 | } |
| 9474 | |
| 9475 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) |
| 9476 | { |
| 9477 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; |
| 9478 | } |
| 9479 | |
| 9480 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) |
| 9481 | { |
| 9482 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; |
| 9483 | } |
| 9484 | |
| 9485 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9486 | { |
| 9487 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9488 | } |
| 9489 | } |
| 9490 | |
| 9491 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 9492 | { |
| 9493 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used |
| 9494 | switch ( horiz ) |
| 9495 | { |
| 9496 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; |
| 9497 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; |
| 9498 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 9499 | } |
| 9500 | |
| 9501 | switch ( vert ) |
| 9502 | { |
| 9503 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; |
| 9504 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; |
| 9505 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 9506 | } |
| 9507 | |
| 9508 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) |
| 9509 | { |
| 9510 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; |
| 9511 | } |
| 9512 | |
| 9513 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) |
| 9514 | { |
| 9515 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; |
| 9516 | } |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9519 | { |
| 9520 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9521 | } |
| 9522 | } |
| 9523 | |
| 9524 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it |
| 9525 | // does not support vertical printing |
| 9526 | // |
| 9527 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); |
| 9528 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); |
| 9529 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); |
| 9530 | // |
| 9531 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) |
| 9532 | { |
| 9533 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) |
| 9534 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; |
| 9535 | |
| 9536 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9537 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 9538 | } |
| 9539 | |
| 9540 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) |
| 9541 | { |
| 9542 | if ( m_table ) |
| 9543 | { |
| 9544 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); |
| 9545 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9546 | { |
| 9547 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); |
| 9548 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) |
| 9549 | { |
| 9550 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); |
| 9551 | rect.x = 0; |
| 9552 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 9553 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 9554 | } |
| 9555 | } |
| 9556 | } |
| 9557 | } |
| 9558 | |
| 9559 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) |
| 9560 | { |
| 9561 | if ( m_table ) |
| 9562 | { |
| 9563 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); |
| 9564 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9565 | { |
| 9566 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); |
| 9567 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) |
| 9568 | { |
| 9569 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); |
| 9570 | rect.y = 0; |
| 9571 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 9572 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 9573 | } |
| 9574 | } |
| 9575 | } |
| 9576 | } |
| 9577 | |
| 9578 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 9579 | { |
| 9580 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) |
| 9581 | { |
| 9582 | m_gridLineColour = colour; |
| 9583 | |
| 9584 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 9585 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 9586 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); |
| 9587 | } |
| 9588 | } |
| 9589 | |
| 9590 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 9591 | { |
| 9592 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) |
| 9593 | { |
| 9594 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 9597 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 9598 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 9599 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); |
| 9600 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9601 | } |
| 9602 | } |
| 9603 | |
| 9604 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) |
| 9605 | { |
| 9606 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) |
| 9607 | { |
| 9608 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; |
| 9609 | |
| 9610 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't |
| 9611 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. |
| 9612 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 9613 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 9614 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 9615 | return; |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); |
| 9618 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); |
| 9619 | } |
| 9620 | } |
| 9621 | |
| 9622 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) |
| 9623 | { |
| 9624 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) |
| 9625 | { |
| 9626 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; |
| 9627 | |
| 9628 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't |
| 9629 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. |
| 9630 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 9631 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 9632 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 9633 | return; |
| 9634 | |
| 9635 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); |
| 9636 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); |
| 9637 | } |
| 9638 | } |
| 9639 | |
| 9640 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) |
| 9641 | { |
| 9642 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 9643 | { |
| 9644 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; |
| 9645 | |
| 9646 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 9647 | { |
| 9648 | if ( enable ) |
| 9649 | { |
| 9650 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 9651 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 9652 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); |
| 9653 | } |
| 9654 | else |
| 9655 | { |
| 9656 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 9657 | } |
| 9658 | } |
| 9659 | } |
| 9660 | } |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const |
| 9663 | { |
| 9664 | return m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 9665 | } |
| 9666 | |
| 9667 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const |
| 9668 | { |
| 9669 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); |
| 9670 | |
| 9671 | return GetRowHeight(row); |
| 9672 | } |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const |
| 9675 | { |
| 9676 | return m_defaultColWidth; |
| 9677 | } |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const |
| 9680 | { |
| 9681 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); |
| 9682 | |
| 9683 | return GetColWidth(col); |
| 9684 | } |
| 9685 | |
| 9686 | // ============================================================================ |
| 9687 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid |
| 9688 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis |
| 9689 | // ============================================================================ |
| 9690 | |
| 9691 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9692 | // setting default attributes |
| 9693 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9694 | |
| 9695 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) |
| 9696 | { |
| 9697 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); |
| 9698 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ |
| 9699 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); |
| 9700 | #endif |
| 9701 | } |
| 9702 | |
| 9703 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) |
| 9704 | { |
| 9705 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); |
| 9706 | } |
| 9707 | |
| 9708 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 9709 | { |
| 9710 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 9711 | } |
| 9712 | |
| 9713 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) |
| 9714 | { |
| 9715 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); |
| 9716 | } |
| 9717 | |
| 9718 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) |
| 9719 | { |
| 9720 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); |
| 9721 | } |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the |
| 9724 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string |
| 9725 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to |
| 9726 | // work correctly. |
| 9727 | |
| 9728 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) |
| 9729 | { |
| 9730 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, |
| 9731 | renderer, |
| 9732 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); |
| 9733 | } |
| 9734 | |
| 9735 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) |
| 9736 | { |
| 9737 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, |
| 9738 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), |
| 9739 | editor); |
| 9740 | } |
| 9741 | |
| 9742 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9743 | // access to the default attributes |
| 9744 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9745 | |
| 9746 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const |
| 9747 | { |
| 9748 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 9749 | } |
| 9750 | |
| 9751 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const |
| 9752 | { |
| 9753 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); |
| 9754 | } |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const |
| 9757 | { |
| 9758 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); |
| 9759 | } |
| 9760 | |
| 9761 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 9762 | { |
| 9763 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 9764 | } |
| 9765 | |
| 9766 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const |
| 9767 | { |
| 9768 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); |
| 9769 | } |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const |
| 9772 | { |
| 9773 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 9774 | } |
| 9775 | |
| 9776 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const |
| 9777 | { |
| 9778 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 9779 | } |
| 9780 | |
| 9781 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9782 | // access to cell attributes |
| 9783 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9784 | |
| 9785 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const |
| 9786 | { |
| 9787 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9788 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 9789 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9790 | |
| 9791 | return colour; |
| 9792 | } |
| 9793 | |
| 9794 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const |
| 9795 | { |
| 9796 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9797 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); |
| 9798 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9799 | |
| 9800 | return colour; |
| 9801 | } |
| 9802 | |
| 9803 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const |
| 9804 | { |
| 9805 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9806 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); |
| 9807 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9808 | |
| 9809 | return font; |
| 9810 | } |
| 9811 | |
| 9812 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 9813 | { |
| 9814 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9815 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 9816 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9817 | } |
| 9818 | |
| 9819 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const |
| 9820 | { |
| 9821 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9822 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); |
| 9823 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9824 | |
| 9825 | return allow; |
| 9826 | } |
| 9827 | |
| 9828 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const |
| 9829 | { |
| 9830 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9831 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); |
| 9832 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9833 | } |
| 9834 | |
| 9835 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const |
| 9836 | { |
| 9837 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9838 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 9839 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9840 | |
| 9841 | return renderer; |
| 9842 | } |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const |
| 9845 | { |
| 9846 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9847 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 9848 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9849 | |
| 9850 | return editor; |
| 9851 | } |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const |
| 9854 | { |
| 9855 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 9856 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); |
| 9857 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 9858 | |
| 9859 | return isReadOnly; |
| 9860 | } |
| 9861 | |
| 9862 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9863 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... |
| 9864 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9865 | |
| 9866 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const |
| 9867 | { |
| 9868 | if ( !m_table ) |
| 9869 | { |
| 9870 | return false; |
| 9871 | } |
| 9872 | |
| 9873 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); |
| 9874 | } |
| 9875 | |
| 9876 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() |
| 9877 | { |
| 9878 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) |
| 9879 | { |
| 9880 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); |
| 9881 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; |
| 9882 | m_attrCache.row = -1; |
| 9883 | } |
| 9884 | } |
| 9885 | |
| 9886 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const |
| 9887 | { |
| 9888 | if ( attr != NULL ) |
| 9889 | { |
| 9890 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast |
| 9891 | |
| 9892 | self->ClearAttrCache(); |
| 9893 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; |
| 9894 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; |
| 9895 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; |
| 9896 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); |
| 9897 | } |
| 9898 | } |
| 9899 | |
| 9900 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const |
| 9901 | { |
| 9902 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) |
| 9903 | { |
| 9904 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; |
| 9905 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); |
| 9906 | |
| 9907 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 9908 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; |
| 9909 | #endif |
| 9910 | |
| 9911 | return true; |
| 9912 | } |
| 9913 | else |
| 9914 | { |
| 9915 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 9916 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; |
| 9917 | #endif |
| 9918 | |
| 9919 | return false; |
| 9920 | } |
| 9921 | } |
| 9922 | |
| 9923 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 9924 | { |
| 9925 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; |
| 9926 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for |
| 9927 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. |
| 9928 | if ( row >= 0 ) |
| 9929 | { |
| 9930 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) |
| 9931 | { |
| 9932 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) |
| 9933 | : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 9934 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); |
| 9935 | } |
| 9936 | } |
| 9937 | |
| 9938 | if (attr) |
| 9939 | { |
| 9940 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 9941 | } |
| 9942 | else |
| 9943 | { |
| 9944 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; |
| 9945 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 9946 | } |
| 9947 | |
| 9948 | return attr; |
| 9949 | } |
| 9950 | |
| 9951 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 9952 | { |
| 9953 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 9954 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); |
| 9955 | |
| 9956 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); |
| 9957 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); |
| 9958 | |
| 9959 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); |
| 9960 | if ( !attr ) |
| 9961 | { |
| 9962 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 9963 | |
| 9964 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller |
| 9965 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 9966 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 9967 | } |
| 9968 | |
| 9969 | return attr; |
| 9970 | } |
| 9971 | |
| 9972 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9973 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) |
| 9974 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 9975 | |
| 9976 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) |
| 9977 | { |
| 9978 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); |
| 9979 | } |
| 9980 | |
| 9981 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) |
| 9982 | { |
| 9983 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); |
| 9984 | } |
| 9985 | |
| 9986 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) |
| 9987 | { |
| 9988 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; |
| 9989 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) |
| 9990 | { |
| 9991 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; |
| 9992 | } |
| 9993 | |
| 9994 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); |
| 9995 | } |
| 9996 | |
| 9997 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) |
| 9998 | { |
| 9999 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); |
| 10000 | if (!attr) |
| 10001 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 10002 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); |
| 10003 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); |
| 10004 | |
| 10005 | SetColAttr(col, attr); |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 | } |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10010 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table |
| 10011 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10012 | |
| 10013 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 10014 | { |
| 10015 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10016 | { |
| 10017 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 10018 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 10019 | } |
| 10020 | else |
| 10021 | { |
| 10022 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 10023 | } |
| 10024 | } |
| 10025 | |
| 10026 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 10027 | { |
| 10028 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10029 | { |
| 10030 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); |
| 10031 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 10032 | } |
| 10033 | else |
| 10034 | { |
| 10035 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 10036 | } |
| 10037 | } |
| 10038 | |
| 10039 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 10040 | { |
| 10041 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10042 | { |
| 10043 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); |
| 10044 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 10045 | } |
| 10046 | else |
| 10047 | { |
| 10048 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 10049 | } |
| 10050 | } |
| 10051 | |
| 10052 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) |
| 10053 | { |
| 10054 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10055 | { |
| 10056 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10057 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); |
| 10058 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10059 | } |
| 10060 | } |
| 10061 | |
| 10062 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) |
| 10063 | { |
| 10064 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10065 | { |
| 10066 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10067 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); |
| 10068 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10069 | } |
| 10070 | } |
| 10071 | |
| 10072 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) |
| 10073 | { |
| 10074 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10075 | { |
| 10076 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10077 | attr->SetFont(font); |
| 10078 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10079 | } |
| 10080 | } |
| 10081 | |
| 10082 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) |
| 10083 | { |
| 10084 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10085 | { |
| 10086 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10087 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 10088 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10089 | } |
| 10090 | } |
| 10091 | |
| 10092 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) |
| 10093 | { |
| 10094 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10095 | { |
| 10096 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10097 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); |
| 10098 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10099 | } |
| 10100 | } |
| 10101 | |
| 10102 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) |
| 10103 | { |
| 10104 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10105 | { |
| 10106 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 10107 | |
| 10108 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10109 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); |
| 10110 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); |
| 10111 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10112 | |
| 10113 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values |
| 10114 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot |
| 10115 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. |
| 10116 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn |
| 10117 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), |
| 10118 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); |
| 10119 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), |
| 10120 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); |
| 10121 | |
| 10122 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first |
| 10123 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1)) |
| 10124 | { |
| 10125 | int i, j; |
| 10126 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) |
| 10127 | { |
| 10128 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) |
| 10129 | { |
| 10130 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) |
| 10131 | { |
| 10132 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); |
| 10133 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); |
| 10134 | attr_stub->DecRef(); |
| 10135 | } |
| 10136 | } |
| 10137 | } |
| 10138 | } |
| 10139 | |
| 10140 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to |
| 10141 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell |
| 10142 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) |
| 10143 | { |
| 10144 | int i, j; |
| 10145 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) |
| 10146 | { |
| 10147 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) |
| 10148 | { |
| 10149 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) |
| 10150 | { |
| 10151 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); |
| 10152 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); |
| 10153 | attr_stub->DecRef(); |
| 10154 | } |
| 10155 | } |
| 10156 | } |
| 10157 | } |
| 10158 | } |
| 10159 | } |
| 10160 | |
| 10161 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) |
| 10162 | { |
| 10163 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10164 | { |
| 10165 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10166 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); |
| 10167 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10168 | } |
| 10169 | } |
| 10170 | |
| 10171 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 10172 | { |
| 10173 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10174 | { |
| 10175 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10176 | attr->SetEditor(editor); |
| 10177 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10178 | } |
| 10179 | } |
| 10180 | |
| 10181 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) |
| 10182 | { |
| 10183 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 10184 | { |
| 10185 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10186 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); |
| 10187 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10188 | } |
| 10189 | } |
| 10190 | |
| 10191 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10192 | // Data type registration |
| 10193 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10194 | |
| 10195 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 10196 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 10197 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 10198 | { |
| 10199 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 10200 | } |
| 10201 | |
| 10202 | |
| 10203 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const |
| 10204 | { |
| 10205 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); |
| 10206 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); |
| 10207 | } |
| 10208 | |
| 10209 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const |
| 10210 | { |
| 10211 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); |
| 10212 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); |
| 10213 | } |
| 10214 | |
| 10215 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const |
| 10216 | { |
| 10217 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); |
| 10218 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 10219 | { |
| 10220 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); |
| 10221 | |
| 10222 | return NULL; |
| 10223 | } |
| 10224 | |
| 10225 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); |
| 10226 | } |
| 10227 | |
| 10228 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const |
| 10229 | { |
| 10230 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); |
| 10231 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 10232 | { |
| 10233 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); |
| 10234 | |
| 10235 | return NULL; |
| 10236 | } |
| 10237 | |
| 10238 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); |
| 10239 | } |
| 10240 | |
| 10241 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10242 | // row/col size |
| 10243 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10244 | |
| 10245 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) |
| 10246 | { |
| 10247 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; |
| 10248 | } |
| 10249 | |
| 10250 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) |
| 10251 | { |
| 10252 | m_canDragColSize = enable; |
| 10253 | } |
| 10254 | |
| 10255 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) |
| 10256 | { |
| 10257 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; |
| 10258 | } |
| 10259 | |
| 10260 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) |
| 10261 | { |
| 10262 | m_canDragCell = enable; |
| 10263 | } |
| 10264 | |
| 10265 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) |
| 10266 | { |
| 10267 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); |
| 10268 | |
| 10269 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) |
| 10270 | { |
| 10271 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, |
| 10272 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms |
| 10273 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of |
| 10274 | // some speed optimisations) |
| 10275 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); |
| 10276 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); |
| 10277 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 10278 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 10279 | } |
| 10280 | } |
| 10281 | |
| 10282 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) |
| 10283 | { |
| 10284 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); |
| 10285 | |
| 10286 | // See comment in SetColSize |
| 10287 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) |
| 10288 | return; |
| 10289 | |
| 10290 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 10291 | { |
| 10292 | // need to really create the array |
| 10293 | InitRowHeights(); |
| 10294 | } |
| 10295 | |
| 10296 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); |
| 10297 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 10298 | |
| 10299 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; |
| 10300 | for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 10301 | { |
| 10302 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; |
| 10303 | } |
| 10304 | |
| 10305 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 10306 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 10307 | } |
| 10308 | |
| 10309 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) |
| 10310 | { |
| 10311 | // we dont allow zero default column width |
| 10312 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); |
| 10313 | |
| 10314 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) |
| 10315 | { |
| 10316 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, |
| 10317 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights |
| 10318 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of |
| 10319 | // some speed optimisations) |
| 10320 | m_colWidths.Empty(); |
| 10321 | m_colRights.Empty(); |
| 10322 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 10323 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 10324 | } |
| 10325 | } |
| 10326 | |
| 10327 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) |
| 10328 | { |
| 10329 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); |
| 10330 | |
| 10331 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? |
| 10332 | // (VZ) |
| 10333 | // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's |
| 10334 | // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker |
| 10335 | // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering |
| 10336 | // |
| 10337 | // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734 |
| 10338 | |
| 10339 | if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) |
| 10340 | return; |
| 10341 | |
| 10342 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 10343 | { |
| 10344 | // need to really create the array |
| 10345 | InitColWidths(); |
| 10346 | } |
| 10347 | |
| 10348 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label |
| 10349 | if ( width < 0 ) |
| 10350 | { |
| 10351 | long w, h; |
| 10352 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 10353 | wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin); |
| 10354 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); |
| 10355 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); |
| 10356 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); |
| 10357 | width = w + 6; |
| 10358 | } |
| 10359 | |
| 10360 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); |
| 10361 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; |
| 10362 | m_colWidths[col] = w; |
| 10363 | |
| 10364 | for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 10365 | { |
| 10366 | m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; |
| 10367 | } |
| 10368 | |
| 10369 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 10370 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 10371 | } |
| 10372 | |
| 10373 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) |
| 10374 | { |
| 10375 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) |
| 10376 | { |
| 10377 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; |
| 10378 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; |
| 10379 | } |
| 10380 | } |
| 10381 | |
| 10382 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) |
| 10383 | { |
| 10384 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) |
| 10385 | { |
| 10386 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; |
| 10387 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; |
| 10388 | } |
| 10389 | } |
| 10390 | |
| 10391 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const |
| 10392 | { |
| 10393 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; |
| 10394 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); |
| 10395 | |
| 10396 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; |
| 10397 | } |
| 10398 | |
| 10399 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const |
| 10400 | { |
| 10401 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; |
| 10402 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); |
| 10403 | |
| 10404 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; |
| 10405 | } |
| 10406 | |
| 10407 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) |
| 10408 | { |
| 10409 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us |
| 10410 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. |
| 10411 | if ( width >= 0 ) |
| 10412 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; |
| 10413 | } |
| 10414 | |
| 10415 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) |
| 10416 | { |
| 10417 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us |
| 10418 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. |
| 10419 | if ( height >= 0 ) |
| 10420 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; |
| 10421 | } |
| 10422 | |
| 10423 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const |
| 10424 | { |
| 10425 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; |
| 10426 | } |
| 10427 | |
| 10428 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const |
| 10429 | { |
| 10430 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; |
| 10431 | } |
| 10432 | |
| 10433 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10434 | // auto sizing |
| 10435 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10436 | |
| 10437 | void |
| 10438 | wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) |
| 10439 | { |
| 10440 | const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; |
| 10441 | |
| 10442 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); |
| 10443 | |
| 10444 | // cancel editing of cell |
| 10445 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 10446 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 10447 | |
| 10448 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one |
| 10449 | int row = -1, |
| 10450 | col = -1; |
| 10451 | if ( column ) |
| 10452 | col = colOrRow; |
| 10453 | else |
| 10454 | row = colOrRow; |
| 10455 | |
| 10456 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; |
| 10457 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; |
| 10458 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) |
| 10459 | { |
| 10460 | if ( column ) |
| 10461 | row = rowOrCol; |
| 10462 | else |
| 10463 | col = rowOrCol; |
| 10464 | |
| 10465 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 10466 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 10467 | if ( renderer ) |
| 10468 | { |
| 10469 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); |
| 10470 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; |
| 10471 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 10472 | extentMax = extent; |
| 10473 | |
| 10474 | renderer->DecRef(); |
| 10475 | } |
| 10476 | |
| 10477 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 10478 | } |
| 10479 | |
| 10480 | // now also compare with the column label extent |
| 10481 | wxCoord w, h; |
| 10482 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 10483 | |
| 10484 | if ( column ) |
| 10485 | { |
| 10486 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); |
| 10487 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) |
| 10488 | w = h; |
| 10489 | } |
| 10490 | else |
| 10491 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); |
| 10492 | |
| 10493 | extent = column ? w : h; |
| 10494 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 10495 | extentMax = extent; |
| 10496 | |
| 10497 | if ( !extentMax ) |
| 10498 | { |
| 10499 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less |
| 10500 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) |
| 10501 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 10502 | } |
| 10503 | else |
| 10504 | { |
| 10505 | if ( column ) |
| 10506 | // leave some space around text |
| 10507 | extentMax += 10; |
| 10508 | else |
| 10509 | extentMax += 6; |
| 10510 | } |
| 10511 | |
| 10512 | if ( column ) |
| 10513 | { |
| 10514 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the |
| 10515 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done |
| 10516 | // in SetColSize(). |
| 10517 | if ( !setAsMin ) |
| 10518 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); |
| 10519 | |
| 10520 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); |
| 10521 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 10522 | { |
| 10523 | int cw, ch, dummy; |
| 10524 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 10525 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); |
| 10526 | rect.y = 0; |
| 10527 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); |
| 10528 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; |
| 10529 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 10530 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 10531 | } |
| 10532 | } |
| 10533 | else |
| 10534 | { |
| 10535 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the |
| 10536 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done |
| 10537 | // in SetRowSize(). |
| 10538 | if ( !setAsMin ) |
| 10539 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); |
| 10540 | |
| 10541 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); |
| 10542 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 10543 | { |
| 10544 | int cw, ch, dummy; |
| 10545 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 10546 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); |
| 10547 | rect.x = 0; |
| 10548 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); |
| 10549 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 10550 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; |
| 10551 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 10552 | } |
| 10553 | } |
| 10554 | |
| 10555 | if ( setAsMin ) |
| 10556 | { |
| 10557 | if ( column ) |
| 10558 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); |
| 10559 | else |
| 10560 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); |
| 10561 | } |
| 10562 | } |
| 10563 | |
| 10564 | wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) |
| 10565 | { |
| 10566 | // calculate size for the rows or columns? |
| 10567 | const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; |
| 10568 | |
| 10569 | wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() |
| 10570 | : GetGridColLabelWindow()); |
| 10571 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); |
| 10572 | |
| 10573 | // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? |
| 10574 | // |
| 10575 | // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows |
| 10576 | // we also have to take into account the text orientation |
| 10577 | const bool |
| 10578 | useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); |
| 10579 | |
| 10580 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 10581 | wxCoord extentMax = 0; |
| 10582 | |
| 10583 | const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; |
| 10584 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) |
| 10585 | { |
| 10586 | lines.Clear(); |
| 10587 | |
| 10588 | wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) |
| 10589 | : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); |
| 10590 | StringToLines(label, lines); |
| 10591 | |
| 10592 | long w, h; |
| 10593 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); |
| 10594 | |
| 10595 | const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; |
| 10596 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 10597 | extentMax = extent; |
| 10598 | } |
| 10599 | |
| 10600 | if ( !extentMax ) |
| 10601 | { |
| 10602 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less |
| 10603 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) |
| 10604 | extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() |
| 10605 | : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); |
| 10606 | } |
| 10607 | |
| 10608 | // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) |
| 10609 | if ( calcRows ) |
| 10610 | extentMax += 10; |
| 10611 | else |
| 10612 | extentMax += 6; |
| 10613 | |
| 10614 | return extentMax; |
| 10615 | } |
| 10616 | |
| 10617 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) |
| 10618 | { |
| 10619 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 10620 | |
| 10621 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; |
| 10622 | if(!calcOnly) |
| 10623 | locker.Create(this); |
| 10624 | |
| 10625 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 10626 | { |
| 10627 | if ( !calcOnly ) |
| 10628 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); |
| 10629 | |
| 10630 | width += GetColWidth(col); |
| 10631 | } |
| 10632 | |
| 10633 | return width; |
| 10634 | } |
| 10635 | |
| 10636 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) |
| 10637 | { |
| 10638 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 10639 | |
| 10640 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; |
| 10641 | if(!calcOnly) |
| 10642 | locker.Create(this); |
| 10643 | |
| 10644 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 10645 | { |
| 10646 | if ( !calcOnly ) |
| 10647 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); |
| 10648 | |
| 10649 | height += GetRowHeight(row); |
| 10650 | } |
| 10651 | |
| 10652 | return height; |
| 10653 | } |
| 10654 | |
| 10655 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() |
| 10656 | { |
| 10657 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); |
| 10658 | |
| 10659 | // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of |
| 10660 | // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized |
| 10661 | // exactly to fit our contents |
| 10662 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, |
| 10663 | SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); |
| 10664 | wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(), |
| 10665 | GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY()); |
| 10666 | |
| 10667 | // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having |
| 10668 | // extra white space |
| 10669 | wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x; |
| 10670 | if ( diff && m_numCols ) |
| 10671 | { |
| 10672 | // try to resize the columns uniformly |
| 10673 | wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols; |
| 10674 | if ( diffPerCol ) |
| 10675 | { |
| 10676 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 10677 | { |
| 10678 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol); |
| 10679 | } |
| 10680 | } |
| 10681 | |
| 10682 | // add remaining amount to the last columns |
| 10683 | diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols; |
| 10684 | if ( diff ) |
| 10685 | { |
| 10686 | for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- ) |
| 10687 | { |
| 10688 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1); |
| 10689 | } |
| 10690 | } |
| 10691 | } |
| 10692 | |
| 10693 | // same for rows |
| 10694 | diff = sizeFit.y - size.y; |
| 10695 | if ( diff && m_numRows ) |
| 10696 | { |
| 10697 | // try to resize the columns uniformly |
| 10698 | wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows; |
| 10699 | if ( diffPerRow ) |
| 10700 | { |
| 10701 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 10702 | { |
| 10703 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow); |
| 10704 | } |
| 10705 | } |
| 10706 | |
| 10707 | // add remaining amount to the last rows |
| 10708 | diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows; |
| 10709 | if ( diff ) |
| 10710 | { |
| 10711 | for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- ) |
| 10712 | { |
| 10713 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1); |
| 10714 | } |
| 10715 | } |
| 10716 | } |
| 10717 | |
| 10718 | // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to |
| 10719 | // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct |
| 10720 | // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars |
| 10721 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true); |
| 10722 | SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight); |
| 10723 | } |
| 10724 | |
| 10725 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) |
| 10726 | { |
| 10727 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 10728 | long w, h; |
| 10729 | |
| 10730 | // Hide the edit control, so it |
| 10731 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. |
| 10732 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 10733 | { |
| 10734 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 10735 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 10736 | } |
| 10737 | |
| 10738 | // autosize row height depending on label text |
| 10739 | StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines ); |
| 10740 | wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin ); |
| 10741 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); |
| 10742 | if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight ) |
| 10743 | h = m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 10744 | SetRowSize(row, h); |
| 10745 | ForceRefresh(); |
| 10746 | } |
| 10747 | |
| 10748 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) |
| 10749 | { |
| 10750 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 10751 | long w, h; |
| 10752 | |
| 10753 | // Hide the edit control, so it |
| 10754 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. |
| 10755 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 10756 | { |
| 10757 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 10758 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 10759 | } |
| 10760 | |
| 10761 | // autosize column width depending on label text |
| 10762 | StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines ); |
| 10763 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); |
| 10764 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 10765 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); |
| 10766 | else |
| 10767 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); |
| 10768 | if ( w < m_defaultColWidth ) |
| 10769 | w = m_defaultColWidth; |
| 10770 | SetColSize(col, w); |
| 10771 | ForceRefresh(); |
| 10772 | } |
| 10773 | |
| 10774 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const |
| 10775 | { |
| 10776 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast |
| 10777 | |
| 10778 | // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't |
| 10779 | // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them |
| 10780 | wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, |
| 10781 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); |
| 10782 | wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(), |
| 10783 | GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY()); |
| 10784 | |
| 10785 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to |
| 10786 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this |
| 10787 | // calculation. |
| 10788 | // CacheBestSize(size); |
| 10789 | |
| 10790 | return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight) |
| 10791 | + GetWindowBorderSize(); |
| 10792 | } |
| 10793 | |
| 10794 | void wxGrid::Fit() |
| 10795 | { |
| 10796 | AutoSize(); |
| 10797 | } |
| 10798 | |
| 10799 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const |
| 10800 | { |
| 10801 | return wxNullPen; |
| 10802 | } |
| 10803 | |
| 10804 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10805 | // cell value accessor functions |
| 10806 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10807 | |
| 10808 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) |
| 10809 | { |
| 10810 | if ( m_table ) |
| 10811 | { |
| 10812 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); |
| 10813 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 10814 | { |
| 10815 | int dummy; |
| 10816 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 10817 | rect.x = 0; |
| 10818 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); |
| 10819 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); |
| 10820 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 10821 | } |
| 10822 | |
| 10823 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && |
| 10824 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && |
| 10825 | IsCellEditControlShown()) |
| 10826 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, |
| 10827 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from |
| 10828 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. |
| 10829 | { |
| 10830 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 10831 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table |
| 10832 | } |
| 10833 | } |
| 10834 | } |
| 10835 | |
| 10836 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10837 | // block, row and column selection |
| 10838 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10839 | |
| 10840 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) |
| 10841 | { |
| 10842 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) |
| 10843 | ClearSelection(); |
| 10844 | |
| 10845 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 10846 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected ); |
| 10847 | } |
| 10848 | |
| 10849 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) |
| 10850 | { |
| 10851 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) |
| 10852 | ClearSelection(); |
| 10853 | |
| 10854 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 10855 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected ); |
| 10856 | } |
| 10857 | |
| 10858 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, |
| 10859 | bool addToSelected ) |
| 10860 | { |
| 10861 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) |
| 10862 | ClearSelection(); |
| 10863 | |
| 10864 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 10865 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, |
| 10866 | false, addToSelected ); |
| 10867 | } |
| 10868 | |
| 10869 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() |
| 10870 | { |
| 10871 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) |
| 10872 | { |
| 10873 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 10874 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); |
| 10875 | } |
| 10876 | } |
| 10877 | |
| 10878 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10879 | // cell, row and col deselection |
| 10880 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10881 | |
| 10882 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) |
| 10883 | { |
| 10884 | if ( !m_selection ) |
| 10885 | return; |
| 10886 | |
| 10887 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) |
| 10888 | { |
| 10889 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) |
| 10890 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0); |
| 10891 | } |
| 10892 | else |
| 10893 | { |
| 10894 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); |
| 10895 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ ) |
| 10896 | { |
| 10897 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) |
| 10898 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i); |
| 10899 | } |
| 10900 | } |
| 10901 | } |
| 10902 | |
| 10903 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) |
| 10904 | { |
| 10905 | if ( !m_selection ) |
| 10906 | return; |
| 10907 | |
| 10908 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) |
| 10909 | { |
| 10910 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) |
| 10911 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col); |
| 10912 | } |
| 10913 | else |
| 10914 | { |
| 10915 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); |
| 10916 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ ) |
| 10917 | { |
| 10918 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) |
| 10919 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); |
| 10920 | } |
| 10921 | } |
| 10922 | } |
| 10923 | |
| 10924 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) |
| 10925 | { |
| 10926 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) |
| 10927 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); |
| 10928 | } |
| 10929 | |
| 10930 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const |
| 10931 | { |
| 10932 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || |
| 10933 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 10934 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); |
| 10935 | } |
| 10936 | |
| 10937 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const |
| 10938 | { |
| 10939 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || |
| 10940 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && |
| 10941 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && |
| 10942 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && |
| 10943 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); |
| 10944 | } |
| 10945 | |
| 10946 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const |
| 10947 | { |
| 10948 | if (!m_selection) |
| 10949 | { |
| 10950 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; |
| 10951 | return a; |
| 10952 | } |
| 10953 | |
| 10954 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; |
| 10955 | } |
| 10956 | |
| 10957 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const |
| 10958 | { |
| 10959 | if (!m_selection) |
| 10960 | { |
| 10961 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; |
| 10962 | return a; |
| 10963 | } |
| 10964 | |
| 10965 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; |
| 10966 | } |
| 10967 | |
| 10968 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const |
| 10969 | { |
| 10970 | if (!m_selection) |
| 10971 | { |
| 10972 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; |
| 10973 | return a; |
| 10974 | } |
| 10975 | |
| 10976 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; |
| 10977 | } |
| 10978 | |
| 10979 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const |
| 10980 | { |
| 10981 | if (!m_selection) |
| 10982 | { |
| 10983 | wxArrayInt a; |
| 10984 | return a; |
| 10985 | } |
| 10986 | |
| 10987 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; |
| 10988 | } |
| 10989 | |
| 10990 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const |
| 10991 | { |
| 10992 | if (!m_selection) |
| 10993 | { |
| 10994 | wxArrayInt a; |
| 10995 | return a; |
| 10996 | } |
| 10997 | |
| 10998 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; |
| 10999 | } |
| 11000 | |
| 11001 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() |
| 11002 | { |
| 11003 | m_selectingTopLeft = |
| 11004 | m_selectingBottomRight = |
| 11005 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 11006 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 11007 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); |
| 11008 | } |
| 11009 | |
| 11010 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block |
| 11011 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. |
| 11012 | // |
| 11013 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, |
| 11014 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) const |
| 11015 | { |
| 11016 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); |
| 11017 | wxRect cellRect; |
| 11018 | |
| 11019 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); |
| 11020 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 11021 | { |
| 11022 | rect = cellRect; |
| 11023 | } |
| 11024 | else |
| 11025 | { |
| 11026 | rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 11027 | } |
| 11028 | |
| 11029 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); |
| 11030 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 11031 | { |
| 11032 | rect += cellRect; |
| 11033 | } |
| 11034 | else |
| 11035 | { |
| 11036 | return wxGridNoCellRect; |
| 11037 | } |
| 11038 | |
| 11039 | int i, j; |
| 11040 | int left = rect.GetLeft(); |
| 11041 | int top = rect.GetTop(); |
| 11042 | int right = rect.GetRight(); |
| 11043 | int bottom = rect.GetBottom(); |
| 11044 | |
| 11045 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); |
| 11046 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); |
| 11047 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); |
| 11048 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); |
| 11049 | |
| 11050 | if (left > right) |
| 11051 | { |
| 11052 | i = left; |
| 11053 | left = right; |
| 11054 | right = i; |
| 11055 | i = leftCol; |
| 11056 | leftCol = rightCol; |
| 11057 | rightCol = i; |
| 11058 | } |
| 11059 | |
| 11060 | if (top > bottom) |
| 11061 | { |
| 11062 | i = top; |
| 11063 | top = bottom; |
| 11064 | bottom = i; |
| 11065 | i = topRow; |
| 11066 | topRow = bottomRow; |
| 11067 | bottomRow = i; |
| 11068 | } |
| 11069 | |
| 11070 | for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) |
| 11071 | { |
| 11072 | for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ ) |
| 11073 | { |
| 11074 | if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol)) |
| 11075 | { |
| 11076 | cellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); |
| 11077 | |
| 11078 | if (cellRect.x < left) |
| 11079 | left = cellRect.x; |
| 11080 | if (cellRect.y < top) |
| 11081 | top = cellRect.y; |
| 11082 | if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right) |
| 11083 | right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width; |
| 11084 | if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom) |
| 11085 | bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height; |
| 11086 | } |
| 11087 | else |
| 11088 | { |
| 11089 | i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells. |
| 11090 | } |
| 11091 | } |
| 11092 | } |
| 11093 | |
| 11094 | // convert to scrolled coords |
| 11095 | // |
| 11096 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); |
| 11097 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); |
| 11098 | |
| 11099 | int cw, ch; |
| 11100 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 11101 | |
| 11102 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) |
| 11103 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); |
| 11104 | |
| 11105 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); |
| 11106 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); |
| 11107 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); |
| 11108 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); |
| 11109 | |
| 11110 | return rect; |
| 11111 | } |
| 11112 | |
| 11113 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11114 | // drop target |
| 11115 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11116 | |
| 11117 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
| 11118 | |
| 11119 | // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid |
| 11120 | void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) |
| 11121 | { |
| 11122 | GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); |
| 11123 | } |
| 11124 | |
| 11125 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
| 11126 | |
| 11127 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11128 | // grid event classes |
| 11129 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 11130 | |
| 11131 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) |
| 11132 | |
| 11133 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 11134 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, |
| 11135 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 11136 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) |
| 11137 | { |
| 11138 | m_row = row; |
| 11139 | m_col = col; |
| 11140 | m_x = x; |
| 11141 | m_y = y; |
| 11142 | m_selecting = sel; |
| 11143 | m_control = control; |
| 11144 | m_shift = shift; |
| 11145 | m_alt = alt; |
| 11146 | m_meta = meta; |
| 11147 | |
| 11148 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 11149 | } |
| 11150 | |
| 11151 | |
| 11152 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) |
| 11153 | |
| 11154 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 11155 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, |
| 11156 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 11157 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) |
| 11158 | { |
| 11159 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; |
| 11160 | m_x = x; |
| 11161 | m_y = y; |
| 11162 | m_control = control; |
| 11163 | m_shift = shift; |
| 11164 | m_alt = alt; |
| 11165 | m_meta = meta; |
| 11166 | |
| 11167 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 11168 | } |
| 11169 | |
| 11170 | |
| 11171 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) |
| 11172 | |
| 11173 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 11174 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, |
| 11175 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, |
| 11176 | bool sel, bool control, |
| 11177 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 11178 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) |
| 11179 | { |
| 11180 | m_topLeft = topLeft; |
| 11181 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; |
| 11182 | m_selecting = sel; |
| 11183 | m_control = control; |
| 11184 | m_shift = shift; |
| 11185 | m_alt = alt; |
| 11186 | m_meta = meta; |
| 11187 | |
| 11188 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 11189 | } |
| 11190 | |
| 11191 | |
| 11192 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) |
| 11193 | |
| 11194 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, |
| 11195 | wxObject* obj, int row, |
| 11196 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) |
| 11197 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) |
| 11198 | { |
| 11199 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 11200 | m_row = row; |
| 11201 | m_col = col; |
| 11202 | m_ctrl = ctrl; |
| 11203 | } |
| 11204 | |
| 11205 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |